Machine Vision Illumination Catalog, Vol 001

MV 

Machine Vision 

General Catalog 

Illumination Vol.001

Introduction 

Unparalleled Expertise 

Machine Vision Systems combine lighting, imaging, and data 

processing to inspect, monitor, and control industrial production 

processes. They have been employed in a variety of industries on 

a multitude of applications. 

As experts in providing Lighting and Imaging solutions for 

today’s vast machine vision market, MORITEX and SCHOTT 

offer standard and customized solutions for illumination, lens 

design, and front end optical systems. 

With decades of experience, and extensive know-how, MORITEX 

and SCHOTT can provide the total machine vision illumination 

and imaging solution designed exclusively for you comprised 

from our vast product portfolio. 

MORITEX and SCHOTT are leading global suppliers of 

illumination and imaging components for machine vision 

applications. Our unparalleled expertise in these areas makes 

us uniquely qualified to service all different levels from system 

design to integrated lighting and imaging system solutions. 

Please review the products featured in this catalog and let us 

know how we can best serve you! 

i-2

Your Global Lighting and Imaging Alliance 

Since 2007, MORITEX and SCHOTT have cooperated on a global scale. 

Our goal has always been to provide the ultimate products and services to 

our customers worldwide. By utilizing the bundled experience and expertise 

of these two established companies, we have made this goal a reality. 

As an established leader in machine vision systems with an impeccable 

track record of innovation, MORITEX is the only provider that can service 

all different levels from system design to integrated system solutions. 

The SCHOTT Lighting and Imaging division offers a broad range of LED 

and fiber optic solutions focusing on illumination, light and image 

transmission. In addition, SCHOTT also offers superior hybrid solutions 

utilizing the best of LED and fiber optic technologies. 

For the first time, MORITEX and SCHOTT present their entire Machine 

Vision portfolio together in one catalog at your convenience and reference. 

Thank you for taking the time to learn about MORITEX and SCHOTT and 

how we can provide you with the ultimate in Machine Vision solutions. 

If you would like more information about any of our products, please don’t 

hesitate to contact us. 

MORITEX and SCHOTT, Unparalleled Expertise! 

i-3

Locations 

Spanning the Globe 

At MORITEX and SCHOTT we're here to serve you! 

With locations spanning more then 40 countries across the globe, we're almost 

guaranteed to have an office near you. 

This map represents some of our main offices serving the Machine Vision 

industry located in Asia, Europe and the USA. 

Please don't hesitate to contact us if we can be of service to you. You may refer 

to the back cover page for contact information. 

San Jose 

U.S.A. 

Paris 

France 

Mainz 

Germany 

Stafford 

United Kingdom 

Tiel 

Netherlands 

Yehud 

Israel 

Tokyo 

Japan 

Singapore 

Shanghai 

China 

Hong Kong 

China 

Taipei 

Taiwan 

i-4

New Products 

LED Illumination 

MCV-Light Series 

Designed to meet the rigorous needs of industrial 

applications, all constant voltage controlled 

MCV-Light Series models operate at 24V allowing 

for easy connection to available power supplies in 

addition to proprietary controllers. This series adds 

to the largest and most diverse product offering 

available in the industry. 

NEW 

P.i-10 

MG-Wave Series 

High Brightness (HB) LED Light Line 

SMT 

The latest series of SMT HB LED Light Lines provide 

extremely high brightness illumination (over 2M lux) while 

maintaining high uniformity for challenging line scan 

applications in a slim, light-weight design at lengths of up 

to 3m. Available in red and white, both the standard & 

reflective models have air and water-cooling options. 

NEW 

P.i-68 

LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB Series 

LED Light Source 

LLS2 

NEW 

The LLS2 features optimal light output with 

parallel 8 bit digital and 0-5V analog control. 

This long-life, low power consumption light 

source can be used as a drop-in replacement 

for the Halogen based MHAA Series models. 

P.i-98 

i-5

System Flow Chart 

LED Controller 

for MCV-Light Series 

APS 

Direct Ring Illumination 

R / SQ 

Low Angle Ring Illumination 

RLA / RLA-00 

Shadowless Illumination 

FR / DR / DSQ 

Bar Illumination 

BA 

LED Illumination Fiber Optic Light Sources and Light Guides 


for MG-Wave Series 

MLEK 

A080W Analog Series 

A080W Digital Series 



Multi Channel Series 

High Wattage Series 


for MCEP/MSPP Series 

MLEP 






for MLNX Series 

MLEX 

A600W Digi/Ana 

Halogen Light Sources 

MHAA / AB 

MHAB-IR 


LLS2 


LLS 

Halogen Light Source 

DCR ® III 

DCR ® III Plus 

DCR ® IV 


ACE ® 

Xenon Flash Light Source 

MaVi-S 

720mm 

840mm 

Adapter 

for MORITEX 


MDRL 


MLRL 


MSRL / MSLL / MSQL 


MBRL 

Square Bar Type Illumination 

MDQL 

Dome Illumination 

MDML 

High Power LED Spot Illumination 

MCEP 

LED Spot Projectors 

MSPP 


MLNX 

Ring Light Guides 

MRG/P 

Straight Light Guides 

MSG/P 

Bifurcated Light Guides 

MWG/P 

Multifurcated Light Guides 

M#G# 

Plate Type Light Guides 

MPP 

Line Light Guides 

MKG/P 

Long Width Line Light Guides 

MFKG/P 

Universal Ringlight 

Midi and Mini Ringlights 

Ringlights, 66 mm /58 mm 

Darkfield Ringlight 

Single Bundles 

Dual and Quad Bundles 

Randomized and Calibrated Bundles 

Single and Dual Goosenecks 

Combination Goosenecks & Bundles 

Lightlines, 1", 2", & 3" 

Lightlines 

Spatially Randomized Lightlines 

Lightline, 45° 

Lightline Lenses 

Single and Dual Backlights 

PANELite® Backlights 

i-6


BAQ 

Simulated Coaxial Illumination 

CX 

Direct Backlights (Chip Mount Type) 

FL 

Options 


MSCL 


MDBC / MQFC 

Direct Backlights (Discrete Type) 

MDBL 

Edge Type Backlights 

MEBL / MEBC 

Collimated Backlight Illumination 

MCBP 

IR Illumination 

IR 

UV Illumination 

UV 

Variable Color RGB Illumination 

RGB 

Diffuse Chip Type Bar Illumination 

MBRC 

Line Illumination 

MLNL 

Coaxial Illumination 

MCEC / MCEL 

Options 

Guidance 




SMT 



Fiber Optic Light Sources and Light Guides 

MHAA and MHAB Series 

Condenser Lenses 

Light Guide Options 


ColdVision Series 

Quartz UV Light Guides 

Darkfield Illuminator / Ringlight Adapters 

Ringlight Polarizers & Analyzers 

Diffuse Dome 

Ringlight Reflector Rings / Ringlight Support Apparatus 

Bundle Extenders 

Gooseneck & Bundle Support Apparatus 

Support Apparatus 

Filters, Diffusers & Spot Lenses 

Lightline Linear Polarizer Kits 

Lightlines Support Apparatus 

Special Application Light Guides 


UV 

i-7


Broad range of lighting solutions 

MORITEX and SCHOTT's has the most complete LED illumination portfolio available with 

the constant current controlled "MG-Wave Series" and constant voltage controlled 

"MCV-Light Series" providing support for the entire range of modern-day users in various 

image processing environments. 


Image processing total system solutions support 

Our total system solutions approach provides customers with the best performance & efficiency 

through consideration of the 3 essential imaging fields of illumination, lens, and peripherals. 

Selection of LED Illumination 

Making obscure and unrecognizable images 

become sharp and clear 

Our total system solutions meet a wide range of needs for image processing applications. 


NEW 

Constant Voltage Control System / 24V DC / 

Industrial Design with Metal Connectors 

The MCV-Light Series constant voltage control LED illumination 

products are 24V DC driven and can be controlled by 

proprietary APS LED controllers as well as other available 

industrial 24V power supplies. Over-driven strobing is also 

possible for instantaneous, high intensity illumination. This 

series can be used in various machine vision imaging 

environments providing a broad range of lighting solutions. 


Constant Current Control System / 

Extensive Product Variety / 

Unique, High End Solutions 

The MG-Wave Series is our original LED illumination product 

line designed with our patented highly sophisticated integrated 

constant current sensing control system that enables our LED 

controllers to identify the appropriate current value for each 

individual LED unit connected and control them separately. The 

constant current design successfully reduces heat generation to 

improve output intensity, efficiency, and stability. 

i-8

Selection flowchart 

Identify 

object 

& FOV 

Select camera, 

lens, and 

peripherals 

Choose LED 

configuration, 

type, and 

wavelength 

Choose LED 

controller 

(i.e. drive method) 

Test system 

for proof 

of concept 

Complete 

setup 

*Refer to Machine Vision 

General Catalog “Lens” 

MCV-Light 

MG-Wave 

LED Lineup Reference Table 

Illumination Type 








Direct Backlighting (Chip Mount Type) 

Direct Backlighting (Discrete Type) 

Edge Type Backlighting 


High Brightness LED Light Line 





LED Spot Projector 




24V DC Driven 

Controlled by proprietary APS LED controllers 

as well as other available industrial 24V power 

suppliers. Over-driven strobing and branched 

connection also available. 

Extensive Product Variety 

More than 350 models with low heat 

generation and high luminance efficiency 

MCV-Light Sereis 

R 

SQ 

RLA 

RLA-00 

FR 

DR 

DSQ 

BA 

BAQ 

CX 

FL 


MDRL 

MLRL 

MSRL 

MSLL 

MSQL 

MBRL 

MDQL 

MDML 

MSCL 

MDBC 

MQFC 

MDBL 

MEBL 

MEBC 

MCBP 

MLNX 

SMT 

MLNL 

MBRC 

MCEP 

MCEC 

MCEL 

MSPP 

IR 

UV 

RGB 

24V DC Input 

DIN Rail Mountable 

Analog 2-channel LED controller 

without external control 

100-240V AC Input Analog & Digital 

Controllers with External Control 

Input 

Channel 

External 

Control 

1-ch, 2-ch, & 4-ch models available; 

3-ch available for MCEP Series 

MCV-Light 

MG-Wave 

MCV-Light 

MG-Wave 

MCV-Light 

MG-Wave 

DC24V 

AC100V~240V 

2ch 

1ch, 2ch, 4ch 

N/A 

Analog (0-5V) 

Digital (Pararell/8bit) 

LED Controller Lineup Reference 

Analog LED Controllers 


24V DC, DIN rail mountable 

LED Controllers 


Constant current sensing 

control system 



For high power LED spot 

illumination 


Selection of LED Illumination 



Applicable lighting length: 

840-2880mm 

i-9



MC V- Light Series 

24V DC Driven / Industrial Design with Metal Connectors 


MCV-Light Series employs the constant voltage control system that can be 

controlled not only by APS LED controllers but also by industry available 24V 

DC power supplies directly. Overdriven strobing for instantaneous high intensity 

illumination is also available. The series can support customer’s various image 

processing environments with a broad range of lighting solutions. 



APS 


R / SQ 


RLA / RLA-00 


FR / DR / DSQ 


BA 


BAQ 


CX 


FL 

Options 

i-10


MC V- Light Series 

LED SAFETY STANDARD (CEI/IEC 62471:2006) 

Groups 

Exempt 

Definition and Emission limit 

Not more than 1.0 W·m -2 . Small source 

defined as one with




R/SQ Series 

RoHS 

CE 


R Series 

SQ Series 

R / SQ 

Direct Ring Illumination: R Series 

• High intensity, uniform direct, bright-field 360-degree lighting 

Explanation of Model Code 

R - X - 

• Standard LED illumination for a wide range of applications 

External 

Diameter 

Internal 

Diameter 

Lighting 

Angle 

Emitted 

Color 

Square Ring Illumination: SQ Series 

• Ring illumination with LEDs mounted vertically onto a planar 

substrate in a square chassis 

SQ - X X 

External Dimensions 

Length 

Width 

Internal 

Diameter 

Emitted 

Color 

Lineup of Direct Ring Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 

Lineup of Square Ring Type LEDs 

Internal External 

Lighting 

Diameter Diameter 

Angle 

(mm) (mm) 

Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

R-32X10-70R Red 1.5 32 10 70˚ 50 A-2600 

R-32X10-70B Blue 2.1 32 10 70˚ 50 A-2602 

R-32X10-70W White 2.1 32 10 70˚ 50 A-2601 

R-42X18-65R Red 1.8 42 18 65˚ 75 A-2603 

R-42X18-65B Blue 2.8 42 18 65˚ 75 A-2605 

R-42X18-65W White 2.8 42 18 65˚ 75 A-2604 

R-50X28-75R Red 2.1 50 28 75˚ 75 A-2606 

R-50X28-75B Blue 3.6 50 28 75˚ 75 A-2608 

CCD 

R-50X28-75W White 3.6 50 28 75˚ 75 A-2607 

R-70X35-90R Red 4.2 70 35 90˚ 150 A-2609 

R-70X35-90B Blue 6.6 70 35 90˚ 150 A-2611 

R-70X35-90W White 6.6 70 35 90˚ 150 A-2610 

R-90X30-80R Red 8.1 90 30 83˚ 250 A-2612 

R-90X30-80B Blue 9.6 90 30 83˚ 250 A-2614 

R-90X30-80W White 9.6 90 30 83˚ 250 A-2613 

R-90X50-70R Red 6.1 90 50 71˚ 200 A-2615 

R-90X50-70B Blue 8.3 90 50 71˚ 200 A-2617 

R-90X50-70W White 8.3 90 50 71˚ 200 A-2616 

 

R-120X60-50R Red 8.4 120 60 52˚ 550 A-2618 

R-120X60-50B Blue 17 120 60 52˚ 550 A-2620 

R-120X60-50W White 17 120 60 52˚ 550 A-2619 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 

External Dimensions (mm) 

Length 

Width 

Internal Weight Product 

Diameter (g) Code 

SQ-56X56X30R Red 2.1 56 56 30 100 A-2776 

SQ-56X56X30B Blue 3.3 56 56 30 100 A-2778 

SQ-56X56X30W White 3.3 56 56 30 100 A-2777 

 

Illumination Structure 

R Series 

SQ Series 

CCD Camera 

Lens 

Lens 

Object 

 

Object 

i-12

R-32X10-70R (B,W) 

R-42X18-65R (B,W) 

ø10 

4-M3x4mm Depth PCD 20 

Equidistribution 

4-M3 4 PCD20 

ø18 



4-M3 4 PCD28 

45 

45 

16 

ø32 500 

70 

(3.1) 

(ø4) 

(60) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

18 

ø42 

65 

(3.1) 

(ø4) 

500 (46.8) 

(60) 

(20) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

R-50X28-75R (B,W) 

R-70X35-90R (B,W) 

ø28 



4-M3 4 PCD40 

ø35 4-M3x4mm Depth PCD 50 


4-M3 4 PCD50 

16 

ø50 

75 

45 

(3.1) 

R-90X30-80R (B,W) 

(ø4) 

500 

(60) 

(20) 



4-M3 4 PCD70 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

ø70 

22 

(6) 

(ø4) 

500 

(60) 

R-90X50-70R (B,W) 

45 

(20) 



4-M3 4 PCD70 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 


20 

83 

ø90 

45 

(3.1) 

(ø4) 

500 (46.8) 

(60) 

(20) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

20 

71 

ø90 

45 

(3.1) 

(ø4) 

500 (46.8) 

(60) 

(20) 

(15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

R / SQ 

R-120X60-50R (B,W) 

SQ-56X56X30R (B,W) 

ø60 



4-M3 4 PCD90 

38 

ø30 

4-M3x3mm Tap Depth 

4-M3 3 

56 

38 

45 

31.5 

52 

ø120 

(15.6) 

(ø4) 

500 

(60) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

18 

56 500 (46.8) 

(4) 

(ø4) 

(60) 

46 

(20) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 


4-M2 3 

46 

Relative Intensity 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

Light Distribution Characteristics 

R-42X18-65W 

R-70X35-90W 

R-90X50-70W 

1.2 

1.2 


0.0 

0.0 

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 

Distance From Center (X-Axis) (mm) 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=20 WD=30 WD=40 

WD=35 WD=45 WD=60 WD=80 WD=100 

SQ-56X56X30W 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


WD=25 WD=35 WD=50 WD=65 WD=80 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 


WD=25 WD=35 WD=45 WD=60 WD=80 

i-13



R Series 

Sample Images 

Foreign Object in Paper Cup 

PCB Fabrication Inspection 


SQ Series 

Not Much Light at Short WD 

Full Light at Longer WD 

R / SQ 

Accessories 

Adapter Diffuser Polarizer Method of Mounting 

AD-Rxx 

R Series 

Used to mount 

the diffuser or 

polarizer onto the 

LED lighting. 

DF-Rxx 

DF-SQxx 

To be mounted in front of 

the LED lighting using the 

adapter. Used to soften 

the lighting output, so 

as to reduce the glare on 

specular surface. 

PL-Rxx 

PL-SQxx 

To be mounted in front of 

the LED lighting using the 

adapter. Use together with 

second polarizer(analyzer) 

to help reduce glare. 


Diffuser/Polarizer 

Adapter 

The adapter is used to hold the diffuser/ 

polarizer to the LED lighting. 

SQ Series 

Model Product Type Compatible Light Models Product Code 

AD-R32X10 Adapter R-32x10-70R/B/W A-2812 

DF-R32X10 Diffuser R-32x10-70 A-2813 

PL-R32X10 Polarizer R-32x10-70 A-2814 

AD-R42X18 Adapter R-42x18-65 A-2815 















DF-SQ56X56X30 Diffuser SQ-56x56x30 A-2858 

PL-SQ56X56X30 Polarizer SQ-56x56x30 A-2859 

Screws 

The given screws are used 

to hold the diffuser/polarizer 

to the LED lighting. 

LED 

Illumination 

Diffuser/ 

Polarizer 

i-14


RLA/RLA-00 Series 

RoHS 

CE 

RLA Series 

RLA-00 Series 


Low Angle Ring Illumination: RLA Series 

• Reflection can be minimized by the low-angle, dark-field lighting 

configuration 

• Ideal for imaging of uneven surfaces, eg. embossment and 

surface flaw detection 


RLA - X - 

External 

Diameter 

Internal 

Diameter 

Lighting 

Angle 

Emitted 

Color 

RL A / RL A - 0 0 

Zero Angle Ring Illumination: RLA-00 Series 

• Indirect, horizontal 360-degree inner diameter illumination 

• Used at a short WD to the test object 

Lineup of Low Angle Ring Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 

Internal 

Diameter 

(mm) 

External 

Lighting Weight 

Diameter 

Angle (g) 

(mm) 

Product 

Code 

RLA-74X48-30R Red 4.0 74 48 30˚ 120 A-2631 

RLA-74X48-30B Blue 5.4 74 48 30˚ 120 A-2633 

RLA-74X48-30W White 5.4 74 48 30˚ 120 A-2632 

RLA-100X70-30R Red 6.3 100 70 30˚ 190 A-2634 

RLA-100X70-30B Blue 9.8 100 70 30˚ 190 A-2636 

RLA-100X70-30W White 9.8 100 70 30˚ 190 A-2635 

RLA-132X96-15R Red 7.7 132 96 15˚ 300 A-2637 

RLA-132X96-15B Blue 14 132 96 15˚ 300 A-2639 

RLA-132X96-15W White 14 132 96 15˚ 300 A-2638 

Lineup of Zero Angle Ring Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 

Internal 

Diameter 

(mm) 

External 

Lighting Weight Product 

Diameter 

Angle (g) Code 

(mm) 

RLA-75X46-00R Red 1.7 75 46 0˚ 95 A-2640 

RLA-75X46-00B Blue 3.3 75 46 0˚ 95 A-2642 

RLA-75X46-00W White 3.3 75 46 0˚ 95 A-2641 

RLA-96X60-00R Red 2.1 96 60 0˚ 140 A-2643 

RLA-96X60-00B Blue 4.2 96 60 0˚ 140 A-2645 

RLA-96X60-00W White 4.2 96 60 0˚ 140 A-2644 


RLA Series 

CCD Camera 

Object 

Lens 

Illuminating the Object 

from a Low Position 

RLA-00 Series 

CCD Camera 

Object 

Lens 

i-15



RLA-74X48-30R (B,W) 

RLA-100X70-30R (B,W) 

ø48 



4-M3 4 PCD60 

ø70 



4-M3 4 PCD84 

45 


ø74 

500 (46.8) 

19 

(3.1) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

30 

(60) 

RLA-132X96-15R (B,W) 



ø96 

3-M3 4 PCD116 

45 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

22 

30 

45 

ø100 500 

(3.1) 

(ø4) 

(60) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

RL A / RL A - 0 0 

22 

15 

ø132 500 (46.8) 

(3.1) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(60) 

RLA-75X46-00R (B,W) 

(15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

RLA-96X60-00R (B,W) 

ø46 



ø60 

4-M3x4mm Depth PCD80 


4-M3 4 PCD80 

4-M3 4 PCD56 

45 

10 

ø75 

(3.5) 

(ø4) 

500 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

ø96 500 (46.8) 

(3.5) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

(60) 

2 

10 

(60) 

1 3 

2 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

RLA-74X48-30W 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 




1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

RLA-100X70-30W 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

RLA-132X96-15W 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 


WD=5 WD=15 WD=25 WD=35 WD=40 

WD=5 WD=10 WD=20 WD=25 WD=30 WD=5 WD=15 WD=25 WD=30 WD=35 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

RLA-75X46-00W 

0.0 

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=25 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

RLA-96X60-00W 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=25 

i-16

RLA Series 

Sample Images 

Chamfer Checking on Metal Ring 

RLA-00 Series 

Scratch on Glass Plate 

12-Pin Connector 

CD Imprint Inspection 


Accessories 

RL A / RL A - 0 0 

Diffuser Ring 

Method of Mounting 

DF-RLAxxx 

Used to create a relatively non-directional 

light. Reduces glare on specular surfaces. 

Easily mount onto Low-Angle Ring light. 

Diffuser 

Set Screws 


The diffuser is mounted to the inner side of the 

Low-Angle Ring Light by three set screws. 


DF-RLA74X48 Diffuser Ring RLA-74x48-30 A-2830 



i-17




FR/DR/DSQ Series 

RoHS 

CE 


DR Series 

FR Series 

FR / DR / DSQ 

Shadowless Ring Illumination: FR Series 

• Diffuse, shadowless illumination* Optimal soft, uniform light 

for shiny surfaces 


FR - 

DSQ Series 

External 

Diameter 

X 

Internal 

Diameter 

Emitted 

Color 

Shadowless Low Angle Ring Illumination: DR Series 

DR - 

X 

• Shallow angle LED illumination that provides diffused, soft light 

• Ideal for flaw or edge detection on reflective surfaces 

External 

Diameter 

Internal 

Diameter 

Emitted 

Color 

Square Shadowless Low Angle Illumination: DSQ Series 

• Diffused illumination best suited for square shape objects, such 

as in BGA & QFP applications 

DSQ - X - 


Length 

Width 

Height of 

Lighting Surface 

Emitted 

Color 


FR Series 

DR Series 

DSQ Series 

 

CCD 

Camera 

CCD CCD Camera 

CCD Camera 

 

 

Lens 

Lens 

Lens 

 

Object 

Object 

Object 

i-18

Lineup of Shadowless Ring Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 

Internal 

Diameter 

(mm) 

External 

Diameter 

(mm) 

Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

FR-102X33R Red 2.5 102 33 210 A-2656 

FR-102X33B Blue 5.1 102 33 210 A-2658 

FR-102X33W White 5.1 102 33 210 A-2657 

FR-125X44R Red 4.3 125 44 290 A-2659 

FR-125X44B Blue 6.3 125 44 290 A-2661 

FR-125X44W White 6.3 125 44 290 A-2660 

Lineup of Shadowless, Low Angle Ring Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 

Internal 

Diameter 

(mm) 

External 

Diameter 

(mm) 

Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

DR-100X73R Red 4.2 100 73 260 A-2672 

DR-100X73B Blue 8.4 100 73 260 A-2674 

DR-100X73W White 8.4 100 73 260 A-2673 

DR-136X109R Red 6.3 136 109 340 A-2675 

DR-136X109B Blue 13 136 109 340 A-2677 

DR-136X109W White 13 136 109 340 A-2676 

DR-180X153R Red 8.3 180 153 450 A-2678 

DR-180X153B Blue 17 180 153 450 A-2680 

DR-180X153W White 17 180 153 450 A-2679 

Lineup of Shadowless, Low Angle Square Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 


(mm) 

Length 

Width 

Height of Lighting 

Surface 

(mm) 

Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

DSQ-48X48-15R Red 1.3 48 48 15 130 A-2789 

DSQ-48X48-15B Blue 2.6 48 48 15 130 A-2791 

DSQ-48X48-15W White 2.6 48 48 15 130 A-2790 

DSQ-75X75-15R Red 1.7 75 75 15 200 A-2792 

DSQ-75X75-15B Blue 3.4 75 75 15 200 A-2794 

DSQ-75X75-15W White 3.4 75 75 15 200 A-2793 

DSQ-96X96-15R Red 2.5 96 96 15 220 A-2795 

DSQ-96X96-15B Blue 5.1 96 96 15 220 A-2797 

DSQ-96X96-15W White 5.1 96 96 15 220 A-2796 

DSQ-120X120-15R Red 3.4 120 120 15 260 A-2798 

DSQ-120X120-15B Blue 6.7 120 120 15 260 A-2800 

DSQ-120X120-15W White 6.7 120 120 15 260 A-2799 


FR / DR / DSQ 

i-19



FR-102X33R (B,W) 

FR-125X44R (B,W) 

12 

ø102 500 

(9) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

12 

ø125 500 

(9) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

ø80(Lighting Surface) 

ø33 

(60) 

2 

ø103(Lighting Surface) 

ø44 

(60) 

2 


FR / DR / DSQ 

40 

DR-100X73R (B,W) 

ø73 

ø100 

ø93.5(Lighting Surface) 

3-M3x4mm Tap Depth on the Back 

PCD 70 Equidistribution 

3-M3 4 PCD70 



4-M3 4 PCD84 

500 

(7.5) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

DR-180X153R (B,W) 

(60) 

ø153 



(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

40 

DR-136X109R (B,W) 

ø109 

ø136 


3-M3x4mm Tap Depth on the Back 

PCD 70 Equidistribution 

3-M3 4 PCD70 



4-M3 4 PCD120 

(7.5) 

(ø4) 

500 

(60) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

4-M3 4 PCD164 

ø180 

(7.5) 

(ø4) 

500 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

40 

(60) 

1 3 

2 


DSQ-48X48-15R (B,W) 

DSQ-75X75-15R (B,W) 

30 

26 

10 


57 

53 

20 


4-M3 3 

4-M3 3 

75 

57 

53 

20 

48 

30 

26 

10 

48 500 (46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

30 

15(Lighting Surface) 

36 

(Lighting Surface) 

(4) 

(ø4) 

(60) 

(20) 

1 3 

2 

30 


75 

63 


(4) 

(ø4) 

500 (46.8) 

(60) 

(20) 

(15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

DSQ-96X96-15R (B,W) 

DSQ-120X120-15R (B,W) 

78 

74 


4-M3 3 

102 

98 


4-M3 3 

30 


96 

78 

74 

120 

102 

98 

96 500 (46.8) 

84 


(4) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(60) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

30 


120 500 (46.8) 

108 


(4) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(60) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

i-20


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


FR-102X33W 

FR-125X44W 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 200 


WD=20 WD=25 WD=30 WD=40 WD=50 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


WD=35 WD=40 WD=50 WD=60 WD=80 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

DR100X73W 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


WD=25 WD=35 WD=45 WD=60 WD=80 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

DR-136X109W 

0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


WD=40 WD=50 WD=60 WD=80 WD=100 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

DR-180X153W 

0.0 

-300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 


WD=50 WD=60 WD=80 WD=100 WD=120 



DSQ-48X48-15W 

DSQ-75X75-15W 

DSQ-120X120-15W 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


FR / DR / DSQ 

WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=30 

WD=5 WD=15 WD=25 WD=35 WD=45 

WD=20 WD=30 WD=45 WD=60 WD=80 

FR Series 

Sample Images 

DR Series 

CD Inspection 

DSQ Series 

OCR on Brushed Metal Surface 

Cap Inspection 

Silkscreen Printing Verification for 

Remote Control 

Connector Inspection 

Ink Cartridge Print Head Inspection 

i-21




RoHS 

CE 

BA Series 


BA 

• High-intensity LED block array 

• Can be directed at any angle to the surface for either direct or 

optimal oblique lighting 


BA - X 

Lighting Area Dimensions 

Length Width 

Emitted 

Color 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 

Lighting Area 

Dimensions (mm) 

Length 

Width 

Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

BA-42X15R Red 1.4 42 15 65 A-2691 

BA-42X15B Blue 2.0 42 15 65 A-2693 

BA-42X15W White 2.0 42 15 65 A-2692 

BA-74X27R Red 3.1 74 27 130 A-2694 

BA-74X27B Blue 5.0 74 27 130 A-2696 

BA-74X27W White 5.0 74 27 130 A-2695 

BA-82X15R Red 2.1 82 15 85 A-2697 

BA-82X15B Blue 3.9 82 15 85 A-2699 

BA-82X15W White 3.9 82 15 85 A-2698 

BA-130X15R Red 3.4 130 15 130 A-2700 

BA-130X15B Blue 6.2 130 15 130 A-2702 

BA-130X15W White 6.2 130 15 130 A-2701 

CCD 

 

 


CCD Camera 

Lens 

Object 

i-22

BA-42X15R (B,W) 

BA-74X27R (B,W) 


(Including Opposite Face) 

4-M2 4() 

5.5 9 

17 

21.5 

15(Lighting Area) 

52 

47 


(10) 

(ø4) 


2-M2 4 

(60) 

(20) 

500 (46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

29 


18.5 

80 


86 

50 


2-M2 4 

500 (46.8) 

(10.7) 

(ø4) 

(60) 

(20) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 


2-M3 4 


22 

2-M3 4 

BA-82X15R (B,W) 

BA-130X15R (B,W) 

17 




4-M2 4() 

92 

87 


5.5 9 

21.5 

(ø4) 

(10) 


2-M3 4 


2-M2 4 

(60) 

(20) 

500 (46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

5.5 9 

17 




4-M2 4() 

21.5 

140 

135 



2-M3 4 


2-M2 4 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

View A 

(60) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(10) 

500 (46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

A 


62 

110 

BA 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

BA-74X27W 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 




1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

BA-82X15W 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

BA-130X15W 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 


WD=35 WD=45 WD=60 WD=80 WD=100 


Sample Images 

Character on Flexible Ribbon Cable 

Silkscreen Printing on Faceplate 

Accessories 

Diffuser Polarizer Method of Mounting 

DF-BAxxx 

To be mounted in front of the LED 

lighting using the screws provided. 

Used to soften the lighting output, 

so as to reduce the glare on 


PL-BAxxx 



Use together with second polarizer 

(analyzer) to help reduce glare. 


Diffuser/ Polarizer 


DF-BA42X15 Diffuser BA-42x15 A-2833 

PL-BA42X15 Polarizer BA-42x15 A-2834 







Screws 

i-23




BAQ Series 

RoHS 

CE 


BAQ 

• 4 high-intensity bar LED arrangement 

• Direct & oblique lighting from adjustable lighting angles 


BAQ - X 


Length Width 

Emitted 

Color 

Sample Images 

QFP Solder Inspection 

SSOP Pre-cut IC Package Inspection 

CCD 


CCD Camera 

Emitted Power 


Weight Product 

Model 

Color (W) Length Width Internal (g) Code 

 

BAQ-108X108R Red 5.3 108 108 60 320 A-2713 

BAQ-108X108B Blue 7.8 108 108 60 320 A-2715 

BAQ-108X108W White 7.8 108 108 60 320 A-2714 

BAQ-148X148R Red 8.3 148 148 100 420 A-2716 

BAQ-148X148B Blue 16 148 148 100 420 A-2718 

BAQ-148X148W White 16 148 148 100 420 A-2717 

BAQ-200X200R Red 14 200 200 152 670 A-2719 

BAQ-200X200B Blue 25 200 200 152 670 A-2721 

BAQ-200X200W White 25 200 200 152 670 A-2720 

Object 

Lens 

i-24

BAQ-108X108R (B,W) 

BAQ-148X148R (B,W) 

108 

70 

58 

54 

148 

110 

94 

98 

30 

3 

108 

70 

58 

54 

CH3 

60 

CH4 

60 

(ø4) 

4-Mø4 

(60) 

(20) 

500 (46.8) 

CH1 

(ø15.3) 

A 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

View A 

30 

3 

148 

110 

94 

98 

CH3 

100 

100 

CH4 

(60) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

500 (46.8) 

CH1 

(ø15.3) 

A 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

View A 

90 

CH2 

BAQ-200X200R (B,W) 

30 

3 

CH4 

200 

162 

150 

142 

[Detail View of Lighting Unit] 

[] 


(ø4) 

(60) 

(20) 

47 



2-M2 3 

(ø15.3) 

A 

1 

CN1 

4 

3 

90 

4-Mø4 

CH2 


[] 



87 


2-M2 3 


200 

162 

150 

142 

CH3 

152 

152 

500 (46.8) 

CH1 


[] 

2 

View A 

BAQ 

90 

4-M4 

CH2 



135 


2-M2 3 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-150 

BAQ-108X108W 

-100 -50 0 50 100 150 


WD=10 WD=20 WD=30 WD=40 WD=50 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

BAQ-148X148W 

0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


WD=20 WD=40 WD=60 WD=80 WD=100 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-300 

BAQ-200X200W 

-200 -100 0 100 200 


WD=40 WD=60 WD=80 WD=100 WD=120 

300 

Accessories 

Diffuser Polarizer Method of Mounting 

DF-BAQxxx 



Used to soften the lighting output, 

so as to reduce the glare on 


PL-BAQxxx 



Use together with second polarizer 

(analyzer) to help reduce glare. 


Diffuser/ Polarizer 

Screws 

Model Product Type Compatible Light Models Remarks Product Code 

DF-BAQ108X108 Diffuser BAQ-108x108 A-2841 

PL-BAQ108X108 Polarizer BAQ-108x108 Two-piece set (horizontal/vertical ea.) A-2842 





i-25




CX Series 

RoHS 

CE 


CX 

• Highly uniform pseudo-coaxial lighting 

• Designed for use with our telecentric MML Series and other 

lenses without built-in coaxial illumination 


CX - X X 


Length Width Height 

Emitted 

Color 


Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 

External Dimensions (mm) 

Length Width Height 

Weight 

(g) 

CCD 

Product 

Code 

CX-75X46X40R Red 1.7 75 46 40 200 A-2757 

CX-75X46X40B Blue 3.4 75 46 40 200 A-2759 

CX-75X46X40W White 3.4 75 46 40 200 A-2758 

CX-94X60X58R Red 4.6 94 60 58 330 A-2760 

CX-94X60X58B Blue 7.8 94 60 58 330 A-2762 

CX-94X60X58W White 7.8 94 60 58 330 A-2761 

CX-120X84X79R Red 9.2 120 84 79 590 A-2763 

CX-120X84X79B Blue 11 120 84 79 590 A-2765 

CX-120X84X79W White 11 120 84 79 590 A-2764 

 

CCD Camera 

Object 

i-26

CX-75X46X40R (B,W) 

CX-94X60X58R (B,W) 


() 

24 

46 

28 


() 

75 

(ø4) 

500 

(60) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 


() 32 

60 

36 


() 

94 

(ø4) 

500 

(60) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

30 

(3.6) 

15 

40 

13 

(3.6) 

20 

40 

41 


4-M4 4 

CX-120X84X79R (B,W) 

50 14 

120 

500 


60 

() 

42 

84 

50 


79 

() 

80 

(3.6) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(60) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

A 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

View A 

32 


4-M4 4 

58 

59 



4-M4 4 


CX 


CX-75X46X40W 

CX-94X60X58W 

CX-120X84-79W 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 


WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=30 WD=50 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 


WD=15 WD=20 WD=30 WD=40 WD=60 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


WD=20 WD=30 WD=45 WD=60 WD=80 

Sample Images 

Screw Head Inspection 

Glass Bottle Opening 

Accessories 

Polarizer Light Control Film Method of Mounting 

PL-CXxxx 

To be mounted in front 

of the LED lighting 

using the screws 

provided. Use together 

with second polarizer 

(analyzer) to help 

reduce glare. 

LC-CXxxx 

To be mounted inside the 

coxial lighting. This will 

make the coxial lighting 

produce a more collimated 

light, thus enhance the 

ability to see more surface 

defects. 

Light Control Film 

Detail view 

1. Peel protective film off 


2. Insert Light Control Film 

into groove of 

illumination. 

3. Optional cover fixed by 

screws. 


LC-CX75X46X40 Light Control Film CX-75x46x40 A-2852 

PL-CX75X46X40 Polarizer CX-75x46x40 A-2853 





i-27




RoHS 

CE 


FL Series 

FL 

• Densely packaged chip LEDs in thin chassis (10mm or 15mm) 

• Provides diffuse area lighting 


FL - X 

Lighting Surface Dimensions 

Length Width 

Emitted 

Color 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Power 

(W) 



External 

Length Width Length Width 

Thickness 

Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

CCD 

FL-27X27R Red 1.4 27 27 37 37 10 45 A-2732 

FL-27X27B Blue 1.4 27 27 37 37 15 55 A-2734 

FL-27X27W White 1.4 27 27 37 37 15 55 A-2733 

FL-51X51R Red 2.9 51 51 61 61 10 70 A-2735 

FL-51X51B Blue 2.9 51 51 61 61 15 80 A-2737 

FL-51X51W White 3.1 51 51 61 61 15 80 A-2736 

FL-63X60R Red 3.1 63 60 73 70 10 90 A-2738 

FL-63X60B Blue 3.9 63 60 73 70 15 110 

 

A-2740 

FL-63X60W White 4.2 63 60 73 70 15 110 A-2739 

FL-83X75R Red 5 83 75 95 85 10 120 A-2741 

FL-83X75B Blue 5.6 83 75 95 85 15 140 A-2743 

FL-83X75W White 5.9 83 75 95 85 15 140 A-2742 

FL-100X100R Red 7.5 100 100 112 110 10 160 A-2744 

FL-100X100B Blue 8.1 100 100 112 110 15 190 A-2746 

FL-100X100W White 8.8 100 100 112 110 15 190 A-2745 

 


CCD Camera 

Lens 

LED 

Object Chip LED 

i-28

FL-27X27R (B,W) 

FL-51X51R (B,W) 

27 


29 500 

(3.1) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

53 500 

51 


(5.1) 

(ø4) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(ø15.3) 

20 

FL-63X60R (B,W) 

73 

37 

27 

(Lighting 

Surface) 

63 


10 

10 

37 

1 

4 

2-ø3.5 

(60) 

62 500 (46.8) 

60 


70 

(5.6) 

1 

(ø4) 

50 

2-ø3.5 

4 

FL-100X100R (B,W) 

102 500 


(5.6) 

(ø4) 

(60) 

(20) 

(20) 

(46.8) 

(15.3) 

1 

1 

(ø15.3) 

CN1 

4 

2 

CN1 

4 

2 

3 

3 

85 

10 75(Lighting Surface) 

61 

51 

10 (Lighting Surface) 

40 

2-ø3.5 

4 

61 

1 

FL-83X75R (B,W) 

(60) 

85 500 (46.8) 


95 

(5.6) 

(ø4) 

50 

5 

1 

(60) 

2-ø4.5 

(20) 

(15.3) 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 

CN1 

4 

1 3 

2 


110 


80 

(60) 

FL 

2-ø4.5 

112 

5 

CN1 

4 

10 

1 

3 

1 

2 

1.2 

FL-27X27W 


1.2 

FL-63X60W 

Sample Images 



1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

FL-83X75W 

WD=450 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


WD=450 



1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

FL-100X100W 

WD=500 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 


WD=550 

Cutter Disc Roundness Check 

Candle Size Measurement 

Accessories 


LC-FLxxx 

To be mounted on top of the LED 


To collimate the light from the flat 

light so as to produce a sharper 

edged image. 

Method of Mounting 

New Screws 



1. Remove the existing screws 

2. Place the Light Control Film 

on top of the diffuser plate 

3. Used the set of new screws 

pack together with the film 

and mount the film onto the 

flat light 

Model Product Type Compatible Light Models Remarks Product Code 

LC-FL27X27 Light Control Film FL-27x27 Two-piece set (horizontal/vertical ea.) A-2847 





i-29




APS Series 

RoHS 

CE 


APS 


•• 

24V DC Input 

•• 

DIN rail mountable 

APS - - 

•• 

Up to 30W over 2 available, individually adjustable channels 

A:Analog 

PS:Power Supply 

Input / 

Output 

Channel 

Model 

Output Voltage 

Output Current 

Output Power 

APS-D/D-2B 

2 channel output max. 24V ± 2% for each channel 

(Connects to all MCV-Light series only) 

1 channel max.1.25A /Total max.1.25A 

Max.30W 

Efficiency 80% 

Input Voltage DC24V ±10% 

Input Current 

Operating Temperature/ 

Humidity 

Output System 

Output Control System 

External Light Control 

Output ON/OFF Function 

Error Output 

Cooling System 

Installation 

Weight 

1.6A 

(Input Voltage is 24V, Ambient Temperature is 25°C) 

0°C to 45°C: Liner Decrease Down to 80%RH at 31°C 

and 50%RH at 40°C 

DC Continuous output 

Constant voltage control (variable voltage) 

Not available 

Not available 

Not available 

Natural cooling by air 

DIN rail/Operation panel faces to front 

Approximately 450g 

Product Code A-2893 

110 

APS-D/D-2 

(17.5) 

85 (9.7) 

35 

(7.5) 

(29.6) (25) 

95 

(55) 

(11.6) 11 

74 

(35) 

(37.5) 

i-30

Cable 

ECB, BCB Series 

Extension Cable (M12) - ECB-X000R 

PART NO. 

ECB-1000R 

ECB-2000R 

ECB-3000R 

ECB-5000R 

Item Description 

Extension Cable, M12 to M12, 1000mm 




Branch Cable - 2 way - BCB-X000R-2 

1000mm 

PART NO. 

BCB-2000R-2 

BCB-3000R-2 

BCB-5000R-2 


Branch Cable, M12 to M12, 2000mm, 2-way 



Cable 

Branch Cable - 4 way - BCB-X000R-4 

1000mm 

ECB, BCB 

PART NO. 

BCB-2000R-4 

BCB-3000R-4 

BCB-5000R-4 





LED Spectral Characteristics 

•• 

The diagrams below illustrate the spectral characteristics of major LEDs used in the MCV-Light Series. 

•• 

We can also manufacture other lighting devices with different wavelengths. Please feel free to contact us. 

Relative Luminescence Intensity (%) 

• White Ta=25ºC • Blue Ta=25ºC • Red 

IF=20mA 

IF=20mA 

100 

100 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

400 450 500 550 600 650 700 

Wavelength (nm) 


80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

400 450 500 550 600 650 



80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

Ta=25ºC 

IF=20mA 

550 600 650 700 750 


i-31


Constant Current Control System 



The MG-Wave Series is designed and manufacturerd for optimum performance 

in Machine Vision applications operating on high-performance processing 

equipment and inspection systems or in critical conditions in manufacturing 

facilities. The "Constant Current Control System" enables reduction of heat 

generation and provides high intensity and stable illumination when compared 

to other conventional LED illumination and halogen light source systems. The 

unique patented sensing circuit system addresses one of the most prominent 

disadvantages of versatility which other current control systems suffer from by 

automatically detecting the required current value of each individual illumination 

unit upon connection to the controller. 

MG -Wave Series 

Schematic Diagram of Sensing Circuit System 


Lighting current 

value 

Lighting current 

value information 

Sensing circuit 

Constant current 

power supply (PS) 

PS current 

capacity 

Required current 

capacity supply 



MLEK 






High Wattage Series 



MLEP 





MDRL Direct Ring Illumination 

MLRL Low Angle Ring Illumination 

MSRL / MSLL / MSQL Shadowless Illumination 

MBRL Bar Illumination 

MDQL Square Bar Type Illumination 

MDML Dome Illumination 

MSCL Simulated Coaxial Illumination 

MDBC / MQFC Direct Backlights (Chip Mount Type) 

MDBL Direct Backlights (Discrete Type) 

MEBL / MEBC Edge Type Backlights 

High Power LED 

Spot Illumination 

MCEP 


MSPP 

MCBP Collimated Backlight Illumination 

IR IR Illumination 

UV UV Illumination 

RGB Variable Color RGB Illumination 

MBRC Diffuse Chip Type Bar Illumination 

MLNL Line Illumination 

MCEC / MCEL Coaxial Illumination 

Options 



MLEX 

A600W Digi/Ana 

High Brightness (HB) 

LED Light Line 

MLNX 

High Brightness (HB) 

LED Light Line 

SMT 

i-32


MG -Wave Series 

Before using MG-Wave Series 

Selection Criteria of LED Controller 

1. 2. Confirm 

Confirm 


Model 


3. 

Verify Suitability 

of Configuration 

CE 

RoHS 

IP67 

CE Marking 

RoHS Directive 

Protection of Products from 

Solid Foregn Objects and Water 

Check maximum 

rated current of 

each illumination 

( Product spec ) 

Check current 

capacity of LED 

controller 

MLEK-A 080 

0.8A 

(as current capacity) 

Total current value 

of illumination 

shall not exceed 

LED controller’s 

current capacity 

Digital 

Analog 

Digi 

Ana 

Digital Intensity Control 

Analog Intensity Control 

Digital & Analog Intensity Control 

Example: 

Direct ring illumination 

MDRL-CR31 = 0.36A 

MDRL-CW28 = 0.31A 

Example: 

Current capacity of 

MLEK-A080W1LR 

LED controller = 0.8A 

Total required 

current value 

Example: 0.67A 

Controller’s 

current capacity 

Example: 0.8A 

Configured system is operable 

Note 

In the case of 2-channel LED controllers, they can work with up to 2 illumination devices simultaneously as 

long as the sum of rated current of the 2 devices stays within the current capacity of LED controller. 

Bifurcated or branch cables cannot be used. 

Custom-made devices and special design may be available on request. 

1ch 

2ch 

3ch 

4ch 

1 Channnel Output 




i-33




MDRL Series 


MDRL 

•• 

High intensity LEDs deployed in high density to provide 

uniform direct, bright-field 360-degree lighting 

•• 

Standard LED illumination for a wide range of applications 

•• 

Models can be selected to match our lens models 


MDRL-C 

Emitted Ring Internal 

Color Diameter 

R Red B Blue 

G Green W White 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 

Current IFM(A) 

Ring Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Ring External 

Diameter(mm) 

Lighting Angle Weight(g) Product Code 

MDRL-CR10 Red 0.11 ø10 ø32 70° 50 A-2000 

MDRL-CG10 Green 0.17 ø10 ø32 70° 50 A-2116 

MDRL-CB10 Blue 0.17 ø10 ø32 70° 50 A-2002 

MDRL-CW10 White 0.17 ø10 ø32 70° 50 A-2001 

MDRL-CR16 Red 0.24 ø16 ø48 76° 65 A-2006 



MDRL-CW16 White 0.37 ø16 ø48 76° 65 A-2007 

MDRL-CR18 Red 0.15 ø18 ø42 65° 55 A-2407 




MDRL-CR28 Red 0.20 ø28 ø50 75° 65 A-2168 




MDRL-CR31 Red 0.36 ø31 ø66 75° 130 A-2009 




MDRL-CR36 Red 0.36 ø36 ø66 75° 120 A-2281 




MDRL-CR50 Red 0.64 ø50 ø90 70° 180 A-2012 




MDRL-CR56 Red 1.12 ø56 ø120 55° 520 A-2003 




Made-to-order products. 

i-34

70° 

75° 

MDRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 10 


45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD20 

45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD38 

45° 

45° 

16 

ø32 (500) 

ø10 350 

38 

4.5 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

15 

ø48 

ø16 

5 

350 

ø3.1 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

45° 

45° 

70° 


ø18 

Uniform Circle of 4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD28 

ø42 

(500) 

45° 

45° 

76° 


4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD40 

ø50 

(500) 


15 

65° 

(ø3.1) 

350 38 

ø14 

(ø5.2) 

CN1 

1 234 

16 

75° 

ø28 

4 

350 

ø3.1 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

MDRL 



45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD50 

ø36 


PCD50 

45° 

ø66 

ø31 

350 

(500) 

38 

ø66 

350 

(500) 

38 

20 

8.5 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

17 

(7.5) 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 234 

75° 

ø66 



45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD70 

45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD90 

45° 

45° 

20 

ø90 

ø50 

5.5 

350 

ø3.1 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

31.5 

ø120 

ø56 

11.5 

350 

ø3.1 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

55° 

i-35




For MML Lens 

For CCTV Lens 

MML Lens 

Lens Attachment 

Adapters 

CCTV Lens 

Lens Attachment 

Adapters 

A lens attachment adapter 

fitting the external diameter 

of each MML lens is available 

as an option. 

A lens attachment adapter 

fitting the external diameter 

of each CCTV lens is available 

as an option. 


MDRL-CB56 

Sample Images 


MDRL-CW31 

1.2 

1.0 

MDRL 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

Button Components 

for Mobile Phone 

Grooves on Top 

of a Pull-Top Can 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


WD=15 WD=25 WD=40 WD=60 WD=80 

Direct Ring Options 

Diffuser and Polarizer are available to prevent the vignetting of images. Adapters for attachment to MORITEX Lenses 

are also available. 

Diffuser Polarizer Adapters 

Lens Attachment Adapter 

Examples of PCB images with various accessories 

MDRL With Diffuser With diffusion & Polarizer 

In the first image significant vignetting is seen. Attaching a Diffuser alone reduced the vignetting 

slightly and attaching an additional Polarizer removed it completely. 

i-36

120° 

70° 

1 

2 

3 

4 


MDRL-NS Series 



• The products with securing screws can be used easily 

and conveniently with MORITEX MML lenses. MDRL-C NS 

MDRL 

Emitted Ring Internal 

Color Diameter 

R Red B Blue 


Securing 

Screws 

MDRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 16-NS 

MDRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 31-NS 

120° 

120° 

ø16 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

ø31 

CN1 

120° 


PCD32 


PCD45 

ø44 

(500) 

ø62 

(500) 

(7) 

ø3.1 

350 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

(8) 

ø3.1 

350 

38 

(22) 

20 

18 

(27.5) 

27 

23.5 

7.5 

ø14 

ø4.9 

ø17 

ø44 

ø31 

ø64 

75.5° 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 


Ring Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Ring External 

Diameter(mm) 


MDRL-CR16-NS Red 0.15 ø16 ø44 75.5° 70 A-2273 

MDRL-CG16-NS Green 0.24 ø16 ø44 75.5° 70 A-2274 

MDRL-CB16-NS Blue 0.24 ø16 ø44 75.5° 70 A-2275 

MDRL-CW16-NS White 0.24 ø16 ø44 75.5° 70 A-2276 

MDRL-CR31-NS Red 0.17 ø31 ø62 70° 120 A-2277 

MDRL-CG31-NS Green 0.24 ø31 ø62 70° 120 A-2278 

MDRL-CB31-NS Blue 0.24 ø31 ø62 70° 120 A-2279 

MDRL-CW31-NS White 0.24 ø31 ø62 70° 120 A-2280 


i-37



Long working distances 

MDRL-C 35 

Direct Ring Illumination MDRL 

•• 

The direct, long working distance illumination type 

makes a clear distinction from the conventional direct 

ring series. 

•• 

The recommended working distance is 65 mm or more. 

If the object surface is reflective, a working distance of 

about 200mm is acceptable. 

* Be sure to check performance with a demonstration model before making a selection. 


MDRL-CR35 

Illumination Formation 

45° 

45° 


4-M3 Depth 5 

PCD50 

ø70 

(500) 

ø35 

350 

38 

22 

(4.5) 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

90° 


CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

MDRL-CW35 

1.2 

MDRL-CR31 

Illumination Formation 

Long WD 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 


WD=40 WD=50 WD=60 WD=80 WD=100 

Sample Images 

WD=40mm MDRL-CR31 

Uniformly Illuminated 


Not Much Light at Short WD 


Full of Light at This WD 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 


Ring Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Ring External 

Diameter(mm) 


MDRL-CR35 Red 0.34 ø35 ø70 90° 150 A-2285 





i-38


MLRL Series 

Low Angle Ring Illumination: MLRL Series 

•• 

Reflection can be minimized by the low-angle, dark-field lighting 

configuration 

•• 

Ideal for shiny shiny or uneven surfaces, eg. embossment and 

surface flaw detection 

•• 

MLRL-C*46 has an illumination angle of 0 degrees for short WD 

indirect illumination 


MLRL-C 

Emitted 

Color 

Ring Internal 

Diameter 

R Red B Blue 


-HF 

Half Ring 


MLRL 

Low Angle Half-Ring Type Illumination: MLRL-HF Series 

•• 

Ideal for applications where only one section of a surface must be 

illuminated or where space does not allow for a full ring 


CCD Camera 

Lens 

MLRL-CW100 

Sample Images 

MLRL-CW68 

Illuminating the Object 

from a Low Position 

Button Components for Mobile Phone 

CD Inner Circumferential Scratch 


MLRL-CW68 MLRL-CW109 MLRL-CW172 

1.2 

1.2 

1.2 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 


0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


WD=5 WD=15 WD=25 WD=35 WD=45 WD=5 WD=15 WD=25 WD=30 WD=40 WD=15 WD=25 WD=45 WD=60 WD=80 

i-39



Lineup of Low Angle Ring Type LEDs 

Low Angle Ring Illumination MLRL 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 


Ring Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Ring External 

Diameter(mm) 


MLRL-CR23 Red 0.09 ø23 ø40 20° 40 A-2390 

MLRL-CG23 Green 0.14 ø23 ø40 20° 40 A-2391 

MLRL-CB23 Blue 0.14 ø23 ø40 20° 40 A-2392 

MLRL-CW23 White 0.14 ø23 ø40 20° 40 A-2393 

MLRL-CR25 Red 0.15 ø25 ø50 30° 70 A-2015 




MLRL-CR46 Red 0.17 ø46 ø75 0° 80 A-2024 




MLRL-CR48 Red 0.30 ø48 ø74 30° 110 A-2021 




MLRL-CR68 Red 0.57 ø68 ø100 30° 190 A-2027 




MLRL-CR100 Red 0.96 ø100 ø140 15° 320 A-2018 




MLRL-CR109 Red 0.32 ø109 ø146 0° 180 A-2411 




MLRL-CR134 Red 0.90 ø134 ø170 20° 370 A-2415 




MLRL-CR172 Red 1.01 ø172 ø208 25° 420 A-2419 




MLRL-CR300 Red 1.49 ø300 ø332 30° 670 A-2423 





Lineup of Low Angle Half Ring Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 


Ring Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Ring External 

Diameter(mm) 


MLRL-CR100-HF Red 0.53 R50 R70 15° 170 A-2427 

MLRL-CG100-HF Green 0.80 R50 R70 15° 170 A-2428 

MLRL-CB100-HF Blue 0.80 R50 R70 15° 170 A-2429 

MLRL-CW100-HF White 0.80 R50 R70 15° 170 A-2430 


Options for Low Angle Ring Lights 

Good for producing more uniform illumination than with 

direct lighting and for reducing glare and reflections. 

Diffuser Ring 

i-40

1 

234 

MLRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 23 MLRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 25 

ø23 Uniform Circle of 4-M3 Depth 3 

PCD30 

45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD38 

45° 

ø40 

(350) 

(500) 

38 

ø50 

ø25 

350 

(500) 

38 

15 

4.5 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

18.5 

7.5 

ø3.1 

20° 

(ø3.1) 

ø14 

(ø4.9) 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

30° 


45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD56 

45° 

4-M3 Depth 5 

PCD60 

45° 

45° 

10 

45° 

45° 

22 

ø75 

ø46 

5 

350 

ø3.1 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 


ø100 

ø68 

4-M3 Depth 5 

PCD84 

8.5 

350 

ø3.1 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

19 

24 

ø74 

ø48 

30° 

ø140 

ø100 

7.5 

350 

ø3.1 

4-M3 Depth 5 

PCD125 

11.5 

350 

ø3.1 

(500) 

38 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø14 

ø4.9 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Low Angle Ring Illumination MLRL 

30° 

15° 



PCD130 


PCD154 

45° 

ø109 

(ø3.1) 

ø14 

(ø5.2) 

CN1 

22 

ø134 

(ø3.1) 

(ø14) 

(ø5.2) 

CN1 

1 234 

10 

1 

234 

ø146 

(350) 38 

(500) 

20° 

(350) 38 

ø170 500 


ø172 


ø332 

500 

PCD186 

350 38 

8.5 

CN1 

22 

1 234 

45° 

30° 

(ø3.1) 

ø14 

(ø4.9) 


PCD316 

(ø3.1) 

ø14 

(ø5.2) 

CN1 

45° 

22 

25° 

(350) 38 

ø208 500 

MLRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 100-HF 

ø300 

45° 

R50 

R70 

2-M3 Depth 4 

(1) 

70 

PCD130 

500 

(350) 38 

CN1 

(ø3.1) 

ø14 

(ø4.9) 

24 

1 234 

15° 

i-41




MSRL/MSLL/MSQL Series 


MSRL/MSLL / MSQL 

Shadowless Ring Illumination: MSRL Series 

•• 

Diffuse, shadowless illumination preventing the halation effect 

•• 

Optimal soft, uniform light for shiny surfaces 

Shadowless Low Angle Ring Illumination: MSLL Series 

•• 

Shallow angle LED illumination that provides very diffuse & uniform 

light ideal for reflective surfaces 

•• 

MSLL-HF (Half-Ring) Series available for applications where only one 

section of a surface must be illuminated or where space does not 

allow for a full ring 

•• 

MSQL Series is best suited for square shape objects, such as in BGA & 

QFPs 


Shadowless Ring Type LEDs 

MSRL-C 

MSLL-C 

Emitted 

Color 

Ring Internal 

Diameter 

R Red B Blue 


Shadowless, Low Angle Ring Type LEDs 

Emitted 

Color 

Ring Internal 

Diameter 

R Red B Blue 


-HF 

Half Ring 

Shadowless, Low Angle Square Type LEDs 

MSQL-C 


MSRL Series 

MSLL Series 

MSQL Series 

Emitted 

Color 

External 

Dimensions 

R Red B Blue 


CCD Camera CCD Camera CCD Camera 

Lens Lens Lens 

MSLL-CR109 

Sample Images 

Object Object Object 

D-Subconnector 

Bottom of Can 

i-42

Lineup of Shadowless Ring Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 


Ring Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Ring External 

Diameter(mm) 

Weight(g) 

Product Code 

MSRL-CR20 Red 0.32 ø20 ø74 140 A-2042 

MSRL-CG20 Green 0.50 ø20 ø74 140 A-2126 

MSRL-CB20 Blue 0.50 ø20 ø74 140 A-2044 

MSRL-CW20 White 0.50 ø20 ø74 140 A-2043 

MSRL-CR33 Red 0.45 ø33 ø104 210 A-2045 




MSRL-CR44 Red 0.57 ø44 ø123 270 A-2039 




Lineup of Shadowless, Low Angle Ring Type LEDs 


Maximum Rated Ring Internal Ring External 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Weight(g) Product Code 

Current IFM(A) Diameter(mm) Diameter(mm) 

MSLL-CR109 Red 0.62 ø109 ø136 320 A-2033 

MSLL-CG109 Green 1.10 ø109 ø136 320 A-2129 

MSLL-CB109 Blue 1.10 ø109 ø136 320 A-2035 

MSLL-CW109 White 1.10 ø109 ø136 320 A-2034 



Lineup of Shadowless, Low Angle Square Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 



(mm) 

Weight(g) 

Product Code 

MSQL-CR32 Red 0.09 32×32 80 A-2036 

MSQL-CG32 Green 0.14 32×32 80 A-2130 

MSQL-CB32 Blue 0.14 32×32 80 A-2038 

MSQL-CW32 White 0.14 32×32 80 A-2037 

MSQL-CR48 Red 0.13 48×48 120 A-2030 

MSQL-CG48 Green 0.20 48×48 120 A-2131 

MSQL-CB48 Blue 0.20 48×48 120 A-2032 

MSQL-CW48 White 0.20 48×48 120 A-2031 

MSQL-CR120 Red 0.38 120×120 240 A-2467 

MSQL-CG120 Green 0.60 120×120 240 A-2468 

MSQL-CB120 Blue 0.60 120×120 240 A-2469 

MSQL-CW120 White 0.60 120×120 240 A-2470 



Lineup of Shadowless, Low Angle Half Ring Type LEDs 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 


Ring Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Ring External 

Diameter(mm) 

Weight(g) 

Product Code 

MSLL-CR109-HF Red 0.30 R54.5 R70.5 250 A-2431 

MSLL-CG109-HF Green 0.47 R54.5 R70.5 250 A-2432 

MSLL-CB109-HF Blue 0.47 R54.5 R70.5 250 A-2433 

MSLL-CW109-HF White 0.47 R54.5 R70.5 250 A-2434 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


WD=20 WD=30 WD=40 WD=50 WD=70 


MSRL-CW44 MSLL-CW109 MSQL-CW32 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 


WD=5 WD=15 WD=25 WD=35 WD=50 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=25 

i-43



MSRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 20 


4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD50 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD70 

45° 

45° 

45° 

45° 

ø74 

(500) 


ø20 

350 38 

18 

6.2 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

ø46.1 (Lighting Surface) 


45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD70 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

ø104 

(500) 

ø33 

17 

5.8 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

ø80 (Lighting Surface) 

350 

MSLL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 109 

38 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD120 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

45° 


17 

ø123 

ø44 


MSQL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 32 

32 

10 

3.9 

350 

ø3.1 

15 30 

(500) 

38 

15 

ø14 

ø4.9 


CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

40 

ø136 

ø109 350 



48 

30 

26 

10 

7 

ø3.1 

(500) 

38 

30 

ø14 

15 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 


20 

36 

4-M3 Depth 3 

Reflection Panel 4-M3 Depth 4 

Detachable 


MSLL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 109-HF 

120 

102 

98 

50 

(350) 

4-M3 

Depth 3 

2-M2 

Reflector 

Set Screw 

500 

38 

R60 

2-M3 Depth 4 

45° 

120 

102 

98 

50 

(ø3.1) 

ø14 

(ø5.2) 

CN1 

1 

234 

R54.5 

R70.5 

Reflector 

Removal/attachment is possible. 

The size of the opening is 50 when the reflector is attached. 

The size of the opening becomes 98 when the reflector is 

removed. 

30 



(4) 

40 

70.74 

(350) 38 

(ø3.1) 

500 

ø14 

(ø4.9) 

CN1 

1 

234 

i-44


MBRL Series 

•• 

High-intensity LED block array 

•• 

Can be directed at any angle to the surface for either 

direct, bright-field lighting or optimal oblique, dark-field 

lighting 


MBRL-C 

Emitted 

color 

Lighting Area Dimensions 

(length · width) 


MBRL 

R Red B Blue 


Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 


Lighting Area 

Dimensions(mm) 

Weight(g) 

Product 

Code 

A-2435 

MBRL-CR3408 Red 0.09 34×8.4 

MBRL-CG3408 Green 0.17 34×8.4 A-2436 

35 

MBRL-CB3408 Blue 0.17 34×8.4 A-2437 

MBRL-CW3408 White 0.17 34×8.4 A-2438 

MBRL-CR5015 Red 0.13 50×15 

A-2084 

MBRL-CG5015 Green 0.26 50×15 A-2148 

50 

MBRL-CB5015 Blue 0.26 50×15 A-2086 

MBRL-CW5015 White 0.26 50×15 A-2085 

MBRL-CR7530 Red 0.36 75×30 

A-2081 

MBRL-CG7530 Green 0.52 75×30 A-2149 

120 

MBRL-CB7530 Blue 0.52 75×30 A-2083 

MBRL-CW7530 White 0.52 75×30 A-2082 

MBRL-CR13015 Red 0.32 130×15 

A-2087 

MBRL-CG13015 Green 0.53 130×15 A-2160 

85 

MBRL-CB13015 Blue 0.53 130×15 A-2089 

MBRL-CW13015 White 0.53 130×15 A-2088 

MBRL-CR24015 Red 0.60 240×15 

A-2439 

MBRL-CG24015 Green 0.80 240×15 A-2440 

270 

MBRL-CB24015 Blue 0.80 240×15 A-2441 

MBRL-CW24015 White 0.80 240×15 A-2442 

MBRL-CR36015 Red 0.80 360×15 

A-2443 

MBRL-CG36015 Green 1.09 360×15 A-2444 

380 

MBRL-CB36015 Blue 1.09 360×15 A-2445 

MBRL-CW36015 White 1.09 360×15 A-2446 

MBRL-CR48015 Red 1.06 480×15 

A-2447 

MBRL-CG48015 Green 1.32 480×15 A-2448 

480 

MBRL-CB48015 Blue 1.32 480×15 A-2449 

MBRL-CW48015 White 1.32 480×15 A-2450 



CCD Camera 

Lens 

Object 

Sample Images 

MBRL-CW7530 with MDF-BR7530 MBRL-CR7530 

Wafer Characters 

Razor Edge 

i-45



MBRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 3408 


10.4 

8.4 (Lighting Area) 

2-M2 Depth 3 

15 

44 

39 

34 

(Lighting Area) 

(ø3.1) 

14 

(ø5.2) 

CN1 

1 234 

17 

15 (Lighting Area) 

60 

55 


(350) 

38 

20 

500 

2-M3 Depth 3 

30 

20 

2-M3 Depth 4 



32 

30 


85 

80 


17 


140 

135 


18 

20 


MBRL 

2-M3 Depth 4 


25 

(External 

Dimension) 

18 

(External 

Dimension) 

200 

50 (Mounting pitch) 

5-M3 Depth 4 

Mounting Screw Hole 

251 

(External Dimension) 

50 

(ø3.1) 

(ø14) 

(350) 38 

(ø5.2) 

500 

18 25 

(External (External 

Dimension) Dimension) 

2-M3 Depth 3 


300 


7-M3 Depth 4 


80 

(ø3.1) 

(ø14) 

(350) 38 

371 500 


(ø5.2) 

15 



118 118 

20 

6-M2 Depth 4 

Polarizer and Diffuser 


CN1 

1 234 

15 



356 

89 

20 

10-M2 Depth 4 



CN1 

1 234 


400 

18 25 

15 

(External (External 


Dimension) Dimension) 


9-M3 Depth 4 


491 



476 

119 

20 (ø3.1) 

(ø14) 

(350) 38 

(ø5.2) 

500 

10-M2 Depth 4 



CN1 

1 

234 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

MBRL-CW7530 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


WD=10 WD=15 WD=25 WD=35 WD=50 


MBRL-CW24015 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 


WD=30 WD=40 WD=50 WD=60 WD=100 

i-46


MDQL Series 

•• 

4 high-intensity bar LED arrangement 

•• 

Direct & oblique lighting from adjustable lighting angles from 

bright to dark-field 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 


Internal 


External 


Weight(g) 

Product 

Code 

A-2175 

MDQL-CR58 Red 0.09 25 58 

MDQL-CG58 Green 0.17 25 58 A-2182 

55 

MDQL-CB58 Blue 0.17 25 58 A-2174 

MDQL-CW58 White 0.17 25 58 A-2176 

MDQL-CR108 Red 0.42 60 108 

A-2178 

MDQL-CG108 Green 0.84 60 108 A-2183 

210 

MDQL-CB108 Blue 0.84 60 108 A-2177 

MDQL-CW108 White 0.84 60 108 A-2179 

MDQL-CR108+MSCL-CR74+MLMSC74 

Sample Images 

MDQL-CR108 



MDQL-C 

Emitted 

Color 

R Red B Blue 


MDQL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 58 

58 

30 

25 

External 

Dimensions 


MDQL 

30 

58 

30 

25 

30 

4-M2.6 

12 

ø3.1 

IC Pins 

Mirror Edge of Optical Part 



MDQL-CW58 

CCD Camera 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

Lens 

MDQL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 108 

30 

3 

108 

70 

60 

54 

42 


108 

70 

60 

54 

60 

60 

ø3.1 

Cable 

8-M2 Depth 3 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


90° 


4-M4 

WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 WD=25 WD=35 

Object 

i-47




MDML Series 


MDML 

•• 

Illuminates the surface of an object evenly by reflecting 

inbound light from the lower part of the dome onto the 

entire dome from 360° 

•• 

For large dome, a simulated coaxial box has been placed 

on the upper part of the dome and a low angle ring has 

been placed on the lower part of the dome to meet any 

lighting need. 


MDQL-C 

Emitted 

Color 

R Red B Blue 


External 

Dimensions 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Total 

Coaxial 

Area 

Maximum Rated Current IFM(A) 

Light Transmittance 

Area 

Reflective 

Area 

Low 

Angle 

Internal 

Diameter of 

Dome (mm) 

External 

Diameter of 

Dome (mm) 

Weight(g) 

Product 

Code 

MDML-CR50 Red 0.24 — — — — ø11 ø50 130 A-2265 

MDML-CG50 Green 0.37 — — — — ø11 ø50 130 A-2268 

MDML-CB50 Blue 0.37 — — — — ø11 ø50 130 A-2267 

MDML-CW50 White 0.37 — — — — ø11 ø50 130 A-2266 

MDML-CR94 Red 0.80 — — — — ø16 ø94 530 A-2290 

MDML-CG94 Green 1.19 — — — — ø16 ø94 530 A-2291 

MDML-CB94 Blue 1.19 — — — — ø16 ø94 530 A-2292 

MDML-CW94 White 1.19 — — — — ø16 ø94 530 A-2293 

MDML-CR156 Red 1.16 0.16 0.36 0.32 0.32 ø26 ø156 1600 A-2172 

MDML-CG156 Green 1.86 0.31 0.55 0.50 0.50 ø26 ø156 1600 A-2184 

MDML-CB156 Blue 1.86 0.31 0.55 0.50 0.50 ø26 ø156 1600 A-2171 

MDML-CW156 White 1.86 0.31 0.55 0.50 0.50 ø26 ø156 1600 A-2173 


i-48

MDML-CR (CG,CB,CW) 50 

45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD 30 

ø50 

ø11 

45° 

40 

5.5 

ø3.1 

ø47 


MDML-CR (CG,CB,CW) 94 MDML-CR (CG,CB,CW) 156 

90° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD68 

4-M4 Depth 10 

PCD120 

20.5 49.5 

(500) 

350 38 

4-M4 Depth 5 

PCD76 

70 

90° 

ø94 

ø16 

60° 

60° 

8.5 

350 

ø3.1 

(500) 

ø14 

38 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

40 

83 37 

ø28 

ø26 

Cover Glass 

Half Mirror 

Diffusion Board 

ø3.1 

ø14 

Cable 

SENS BOX 

Housing 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

CN2 1 

2 

3 

4 

CN3 1 

2 

3 

4 

CN4 1 

2 

3 

4 

Connector 

Cable 


ø88 


ø111 

ø156 

Light Guide Dome 

LED 

MDML 


CCD Camera 

Lens 

Sample Images 

Can cover: It is difficult to recognize the characters under direct ring 

illumination because of the vignetting of the element and the slope, but 

clear under dome illumination because of illumination in all directions. 

Direct Ring 

(MDRL-CR31) 

Dome Light 

(MDML-CR156) 

Object 


MDML-CW94 

1.2 

1.0 

Direct Ring 

(MDRL-CW31) 

Dome Light 

(MDML-CR156) 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 


WD=5 WD=15 WD=25 WD=35 WD=50 

Mobile phone push button marking: 

Characters and shapes are unclear 

because of LED element vignetting. 

Characters and shapes are clear in all 

directions with no LED element 

vignetting. 

i-49




MSCL Series 


MSCL 

•• 

Highly uniform pseudo-coaxial (on-axis) lighting 

•• 

Designed for use with our telecentric MML Series and 

other lenses without built-in coaxial illumination 


MSCL-C 

Emitted Color Box Height Revision Code 

R Red B Blue 


Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 


Box Height 

(mm) 

Dimensions of 

Lighting Surface(mm) 

Optical Path Length 

Extension (mm) 

Weight (g) 

Product 

Code 

A-2099 

MSCL-CR24 Red 0.09 24 18 X 18 

MSCL-CG24 Green 0.20 24 18 X 18 A-2143 

6.8 110 

MSCL-CB24 Blue 0.20 24 18 X 18 A-2101 

MSCL-CW24 White 0.20 24 18 X 18 A-2100 

MSCL-CR39 Red 0.16 39 ø28 

A-2093 

MSCL-CG39 Green 0.31 39 ø28 A-2144 

1.2 160 

MSCL-CB39 Blue 0.31 39 ø28 A-2095 

MSCL-CW39 White 0.31 39 ø28 A-2094 

MSCL-CR39-6625 Red 0.40 39 66 X 25 

A-2459 

MSCL-CG39-6625 Green 0.80 39 66 X 25 A-2460 

1.2 240 

MSCL-CB39-6625 Blue 0.80 39 66 X 25 A-2461 

MSCL-CW39-6625 White 0.80 39 66 X 25 A-2462 

MSCL-CR56-B Red 0.33 56 ø28 

A-2102 

MSCL-CG56-B Green 0.66 56 ø28 A-2145 

1.2 320 

MSCL-CB56-B Blue 0.66 56 ø28 A-2104 

MSCL-CW56-B White 0.66 56 ø28 A-2103 

MSCL-CR74-B Red 0.62 74 50 X 50 

A-2105 

MSCL-CG74-B Green 1.11 74 50 X 50 A-2146 

1.2 520 

MSCL-CB74-B Blue 1.11 74 50 X 50 A-2107 

MSCL-CW74-B White 1.11 74 50 X 50 A-2106 

MSCL-CR105-B Red 2.14 105 77 X 77 

A-2096 

MSCL-CG105-B Green 2.07 105 77 X 77 A-2147 

1.2 920 

MSCL-CB105-B Blue 2.07 105 77 X 77 A-2098 

MSCL-CW105-B White 2.07 105 77 X 77 A-2097 

* MLM Series products (Light control film) on P.i-92 can be attached to MSCL-C **-B products. 

* MSCL-CX105 comes with an air-cooling fan. 


i-50

MSCL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 24 

MSCL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 39 

MSCL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 39-6625 

70 

56 

17 17 15 7 

20.5 

25 (Effective Field of View) 

21 

70 

(350) 

38 

500 

24 

30 

3-M2 Depth 4 4-M3 Depth 8 

18 

18 

38 

3-M2 

Depth 4 

4-M3 

Depth 4 

ø28 

Glass Panel 

46 

76 

66 

(Effective Field of View) 

(ø3.1) 

ø14 

(ø5.2) 

CN1 

1 

234 

24 

18 

40 

20 

39 

MSCL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 56-B 



30 

93 

3-M2 Depth 4 

60 

40 

12 

20 12 

39 

40 

4-M3 Depth 4 

42 

110 

56 

145 

10 

Cooling 

Fan 

82 

110 

18 

42 

57 

20 

40 

4-M3 

Depth 4 

About Installation 

56 

30 

ø28 

4-M3 Penetrating 

Glass Panel 

Because glass components are used in the MSCL units, the internal optical 

path length will change when used. Be aware of the extended optical path 

when installing in a vision system. 

Without MSCL-CR24 

CCD Camera 

With MSCL-CR24 

CCD Camera 

75 

45 14 

60 

4-M4 

Depth 4 

74 

50 

Glass Panel 


*Lens Attachment 

Adapters Available 

CCD Camera/CCD Cameras 

106 

20 

70 

70 

4-M4 

Depth 4 

105 

77 

Glass Panel 

12 

42 

Simulated Coaxial Illumination MSCL 

Lens/Lenses 

Lens/Lenses 

Object 

WD=65mm 

MSCL-CR24 

WD=65+6.8mm 

Object 

With WD65mm Lenses 

Object 

MSCL 

Sample Images 

Dry Cell CD (Scratch) Metal Parts 


MSCL-CW56-B 

Light Distribution Qualities for The X-Axis (Horizontal Direction) 

Light Distribution Qualities for The Y-Axis (Vertical Direction) 

1.2 

1.2 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 


WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=30 WD=50 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 

Distance From Center (Y-Axis) (mm) 

WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=30 WD=50 

(When Using MML2-HR65D) 

i-51




MDBC/MQFC Series 


MDBC/ MQFC 

•• 

Provide intense but diffused versatile lighting 

•• 

Because of the thin body design, these chip mounted units 

are ideal for saving space 


MDBC Series 

CCD Camera 


Chip Mount Type 

M 

Configuration 

C 

C 

Chip-Type 

Emitted 

Color 

R Red B Blue 


DB Direct Backlight Lighting Surface (Length · Width) 

QF Square Flat Internal Diameter 

Lens 

Object 

Chip LED 

Sample Images 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 

Current IFM (A) 

Dimensions of Lighting 

Surface (mm) 

Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Weight (g) 

Producat 

Code 

A-2455 

MDBC-CR60 Red 0.25 63×60 — 

MDBC-CG60 Green 0.39 63×60 — A-2456 

70 

MDBC-CB60 Blue 0.39 63×60 — A-2457 

MDBC-CW60 White 0.39 63×60 — A-2458 

MDBC-CR100 Red 0.81 100×100 — 

A-2063 

MDBC-CG100 Green 0.95 100×100 — A-2140 

170 

MDBC-CB100 Blue 0.95 100×100 — A-2065 

MDBC-CW100 White 0.95 100×100 — A-2064 

MDBC-CR150 Red 0.99 150×150 — 

A-2060 

MDBC-CG150 Green 2.14 150×150 — A-2141 

310 

MDBC-CB150 Blue 2.14 150×150 — A-2062 

MDBC-CW150 White 2.14 150×150 — A-2061 

MQFC-CR50 Red 2.05 150×150 ø50 

A-2463 

MQFC-CG50 Green 2.05 150×150 ø50 A-2464 

270 

MQFC-CB50 Blue 2.05 150×150 ø50 A-2465 

MQFC-CW50 White 2.14 150×150 ø50 A-2466 


Beverage Bottle Liquid Level 

Detection 

IC Pins 

i-52

MDBC-CR(CG, CB, CW) 60 


62 


(350) 

500 

38 

CN1 

1 

234 

102 10 


73 


15 

70 

1 

50 


4 

(ø3.1) 

2-ø3.5 

152 10 


ø14 

(ø5.2) 

110 


* 

*R 10 

G, B, W 15 

MQFC-CR(CG, CB, CW) 50 

Diffuser 

162 500 


ø58(Sheet-metal area) (350) 38 

ø50 

80 

5 

2-ø4.5 

1 


160 


5 

100 

152 


(ø3.1) 

ø14 

(ø5.2) 

CN1 

1 

234 

MDBC/ MQFC 

10 

Diffuser 

8(Housing) 

4-M3 Depth 5 

100 

2-ø4.5 

15 

1 

156 

MDBC-CR150 

1.2 

1.0 


MQFC-CW50 

1.2 

1.0 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


0.0 

-200 

-150 

-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


WD=15 WD=30 WD=45 WD=60 WD=80 

i-53




MDBL Series 


MDBL 

•• 

Due to the LEDs mounted immediately beneath the diffusion 

plate surface, this unit achieves a higher luminance than the edge 

type backlights. 

•• 

Mount holds for easy installation 


MDBL-C 

Emitted 

Color 

R Red B Blue 



Dimensions(Length · Width) 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 



Surface (mm) 

Weight(g) 

Product 

Code 

A-2048 

MDBL-CR25 Red 0.14 25×25 

MDBL-CG25 Green 0.27 25×25 A-2136 

60 

MDBL-CB25 Blue 0.27 25×25 A-2150 

MDBL-CW25 White 0.27 25×25 A-2049 

MDBL-CR70 Red 0.48 70×70 

A-2051 

MDBL-CG70 Green 0.96 70×70 A-2137 

190 

MDBL-CB70 Blue 0.96 70×70 A-2053 

MDBL-CW70 White 0.96 70×70 A-2052 

MDBL-CR100 Red 1.43 100×100 

A-2057 

MDBL-CG100 Green 1.55 100×100 A-2138 

290 

MDBL-CB100 Blue 1.55 100×100 A-2059 

MDBL-CW100 White 1.55 100×100 A-2058 

MDBL-CR180100 Red 2.30 180×100 

A-2054 

MDBL-CG180100 Green 2.30 180×100 A-2139 

520 

MDBL-CB180100 Blue 2.30 180×100 A-2056 

MDBL-CW180100 White 2.30 180×100 A-2055 



CCD Camera 

Lens 

Object 

i-54

MDBL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 25 MDBL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 70 

49 

42 

25 


100 

90 


27 

25 


17 

Diffuser 

35 

4-ø3.5 

72 

70 


60 

Diffuser 

80 

4-ø3.5 

1 

30 

24 

MDBL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 100 MDBL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 180100 

102 


50 

30 

Diffuser 

1 

130 

120 


110 

4-ø3.5 

1 

182 


130 

130 

120 


Direct Backlights (Discrete Type) MDBL 

Diffuser 

110 

4-ø3.5 

1 

30 

Sample Images 

Connector 

Plaster 


MDBL-CW100 

1.2 

1.0 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


i-55




MEBL/MEBC Series 


MEBL / MEBC 

•• 

Requires very little space due to slim, compact design 

•• 

Provides very uniform, indirect light by means of a unique 

light transfer diffusion plate & additional diffusion sheets 


MEBL-C 

Discreet Type 

Emitted 

Color 

R Red 

G Green 


Dimensions (Length · Width) 

B Blue 

W White 

MEBC-C 

Chip-Type 

Emitted 

Color 


Dimensions (Length · Width) 

R Red 

G Green 

B Blue 

W White 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 



Surface(mm) 

Weight(g) Product Code 

MEBL-CR25 Red 0.03 25×25 

A-2075 

MEBL-CG25 Green 0.04 25×25 A-2132 

45 

MEBL-CB25 Blue 0.04 25×25 A-2077 

MEBL-CW25 White 0.04 25×25 A-2076 

MEBL-CR50 Red 0.17 50×50 

A-2069 

MEBL-CG50 Green 0.29 50×50 A-2133 

110 

MEBL-CB50 Blue 0.29 50×50 A-2071 

MEBL-CW50 White 0.29 50×50 A-2070 

MEBL-CR7050 Red 0.15 70×50 

A-2078 

MEBL-CG7050 Green 0.25 70×50 A-2134 

140 

MEBL-CB7050 Blue 0.25 70×50 A-2080 

MEBL-CW7050 White 0.25 70×50 A-2079 

MEBL-CR10080 Red 0.32 100×80 

A-2072 

MEBL-CG10080 Green 0.57 100×80 A-2135 

230 

MEBL-CB10080 Blue 0.57 100×80 A-2074 

MEBL-CW10080 White 0.57 100×80 A-2073 

MEBL-CR145 Red 0.45 145×145 

A-2187 

MEBL-CG145 Green 0.8 145×145 A-2189 

460 

MEBL-CB145 Blue 0.8 145×145 A-2186 

MEBL-CW145 White 0.8 145×145 A-2188 

MEBC-CR360250* Red 2.38 360×250 

A-2451 

MEBC-CG360250* Green 3.96 360×250 A-2452 

2500 

MEBC-CB360250* Blue 3.96 360×250 A-2453 

MEBC-CW360250* White 3.96 360×250 A-2454 

*MEBC-C 360250 requires a MLEK-A800 LED controller (P.i-86). Made-to-order products. 

i-56

MEBL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 25 MEBL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 50 

MEBL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 7050 

6.5 

27 

74 

8 60 

7.5 

94 


0.5 

45 

3 

25(Lighting 

Surface) 

2-ø3.5 

6 

90 

80 

50(Lighting 

Surface) 

71 

50(Lighting 

Surface) 

15 


4-ø3.4 

ø6 Through Counter 

Bore Depth 4.3 

50(Lighting 

Surface) 

1 

4 

8 

60 2-ø3.5 

2-C2 


MEBC-CR (CG,CB,CW) 360250 

132 

8 

100 

410 

12 

360 

11 

120 

110 

4-ø3.4 





8 

195 

185 


185 


120 


14 

310 

298 

250 (Lighting surface) 

360 (Lighting surface) 

6-ø4.5 ø8 Spot-facing depth 6 

70 

60 

(ø5.5) 

22 

38 

(ø7.3) 

(340) 48 

600 

4-ø4.5 

A 

View A 

2 

14.2 

CN1 

1 2345 

8 76 


4-ø3.4 




4-C2 

MEBL / MEBC 

CCD Camera 

CCD Camera 

Sample Images 

Bottle Liquid Level 

MEBL-CR145 

Electrodes on Liquid Crystal Glass 

MEBL-CW7050 

Lens 

Lens 

Object 

The MEBL Series can also be used as a 

reflective light for a samples with local reflection. 


MEBL-CW25 MEBL-CW7050 MEBC-CW360250 

1.2 

1.0 

1.2 

1.0 

X-axis (horizontal) and Y-axis (vertical) for light intensity distribution characteristics 

1.2 

1.0 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 


0.0 

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 


0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 

Distance From Center (X-Axis) (mm) X-Axis Y-Axis 

i-57




MCBP Series 


MCBP 

•• 

Adjustable projected, collimated back light 

•• 

Capable of capturing the profile of an object with higher 

precision than other backlights 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 


Lighting Area 


Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

MCBP-CG3430 Green 0.07 34×30 260 A-2272 

MCBP-CB3430 Blue 0.07 34×30 260 A-2271 

MCBP-CW3430 White 0.07 34×30 260 A-2270 


CCD Camera 


MCBP-C 

MCBP-CG (CB,CW) 3430 

5 

30 


107 

Emitted 

Color 

Lighting Area 

Dimensions(Length · Width) 

G Green B Blue W White 

(500) 

350 38 

Lens 

46 

34 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

20 80 

Screw with Hexagonal Hole M3 

For Fixed Illumination 

Object 

38 

28 

20 

40 15 60 

4-M3 Depth 4 

4-M3 Depth 4 

Screw 

Sample Images 

Embossed Characters On Clear Resin 

Direct Backlight 

(MDBL-CB70) 

Shape unclear because of stray, direct 

light. 

Collimated Backlight 

(MCBP-CB3430) 

Easy to identify shape because effect of 

stray, direct light is eased by the 

Collimated light. 


(MDBL-CB70) 

Ordinary light transmitted evenly 

through the entire object. 

Collimated Backlight 

(MCBP-CB3430) 

Reflected light directed at characters for 

clear identification also makes external 

shape identification possible. 

i-58


IR Series 

• Provides image recognition at high contrast especially 

for items that are difficult to view in visible light 

• Lighting is also affective for materials that chemically 

react to visible light rays. 

Highly effective when used with an infrared camera. 

Approximately 1.7 times higher reflecting rate for 500nm and 850 nm gold (Au). 

The peak wavelength is 850nm. (MCEL-CIR8-940 is 940nm) 


M 

Configuration 

L C I R 

Emitted Color 

(IR: Infrared) 

DR Direct Ring 

LR Low Angle Ring DB 

SR Shadowless Ring CE 

BR Bar 

SC 

See Each Series 

Explanation of 

Model Code 


Coaxial 

Simulated Coaxial 


IR 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 


Internal 

Diameter (mm) 

External Diameter (mm) 

Sample Images 

Lighting 

Angle 

Optical Path Length 

Extension (mm) 

Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

MDRL-CIR16 Infrared 0.27 ø16 ø48 76° — 65 A-2473 

MDRL-CIR31 Infrared 0.42 ø31 ø66 — — 130 A-2165 

MLRL-CIR25 Infrared 0.16 ø25 ø50 30° — 70 A-2474 



MSRL-CIR20 Infrared 0.36 ø20 ø74 — — 140 A-2163 

MBRL-CIR7530 Infrared 0.40 75x30 (Illumination area dimensions) — — 120 A-2164 

MDBL-CIR70 Infrared 0.53 70x70 (Illumination area dimensions) — — 190 A-2166 

MDBL-CIR100 Infrared 1.35 100x100 (Illumination area dimensions) — — 290 A-2472 

MCEL-CIR8-2 Infrared 0.06 — 

MCEL-CIR8-940 Infrared 0.06 — 

ø8 

(External diameter of head) 

ø8 

(External diameter of head) 

— — 35 A-2318 

— — 35 A-2471 

MSCL-CIR24 Infrared 0.09 24 18 — 6.8 110 A-2477 

MSCL-CIR39 Infrared 0.16 39 ø28 — 1.2 160 A-2478 

MSCL-CIR56-B Infrared 0.33 56 ø28 — 1.2 320 A-2479 

MSCL-CIR105-B Infrared 2.14 105 77 — 1.2 920 A-2480 


1.Substrate Pattern Recognition 

(For IR, only the pattern is recognized clearly) 

With an IR backlight LED 

(MDBL-CIR70) 

With a white backlight LED 

(MDBL-CW70) 

2.Cheese Package Recognition 

(For IR, specific patterns can be made invisible) 

With an IR direct ring LED 

(MDRL-CIR31) 

With a white, direct LED 

(MDRL-CW31) 

i-59



45° 

MDRL-CIR16 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD38 

45° 

MDRL-CIR31 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD40 

45° 

45° 

15 

ø48 

ø16 

5 

350 

(500) 

38 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

16 

ø50 

ø28 

4 

350 

(500) 

38 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

76° 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

75° 

MLRL-CIR25 

MLRL-CIR46 

45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD38 

45° 


18.5 

45° 

ø50 

ø25 

30° 

7.5 

MLRL-CIR48 

350 

ø3.1 

4-M3 Depth 5 

PCD60 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

MSRL-CIR20 

45° 

IR 

19 

ø74 

ø48 

7.5 

350 

(500) 

38 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

30° 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

MBRL-CIR7530 

MDBL-CIR70 

32 

30 


18 

2-M3 Depth 4 

85 

80 


50 

MDBL-CIR100 

130 

120 


1 

30 

102 


50 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

45° 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD56 

45° 

10 

45° 

ø75 

ø46 

5 

350 

ø3.1 

4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD50 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

45° 

18 

ø74 

ø20 

6.2 

350 

(500) 

38 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

ø46.1 


ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

72 


60 

100 

90 


Diffuser 

80 

4- ø3.5 

30 

1 

Diffuser 

110 

4- ø3.5 

i-60

MCEL-CIR8-2 

MCEL-CIR8-940 

ø6 


30 

12 

350 

(500) 

38 

ø6 


30 

12 

350 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø8 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

ø14 

ø8 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

MSCL-CIR24 

MSCL-CIR39 

MSCL-CIR56-B 

MSCL-CIR105-B 

110 

56 

145 

10 

Cooling 

Fan 

42 


70 

4-M4 

Depth 4 

77 

Glass Panel 

IR 

106 

70 

105 

42 

20 

12 

ø3.1 

ø14 

ø4.9 

56 

17 17 15 7 

20.5 

70 

30 

93 

3-M2 Depth 4 

24 

30 

60 

40 

3-M2 Depth 4 4-M3 Depth 8 

18 

24 

18 

40 

4-M3 

Depth 4 

30 

ø28 

4-M3 Penetrating 

Glass Panel 

12 

18 

38 

3-M2 

Depth 4 

4-M3 

Depth 4 

ø28 

Glass Panel 

18 

Because glass components are used in the case, 

the internal optical path length may change. 

Please refer to i-51 'About Installation'. 

40 

20 

39 

57 

20 

56 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

MDRL-CIR31 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


WD=25 WD=35 WD=40 WD=50 WD=60 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

MSRL-CIR20 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


WD=0 WD=5 WD=10 WD=20 WD=30 

1.2 

MBRL-CIR7530 

1.2 

MDBL-CIR70 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=20 WD=30 WD=50 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


i-61




UV Series 


*Image of illumination condition 

U V 

•• 

Provides image recognition at high contrast levels especially for 

images that are difficult to recognize with visible light 

•• 

Can be used for fluorescence applications 

•• 

Use with a UV light range CCD camera. 

•• 

Effective in detection of dirt on glass substrates and dust on CCD 

elements 

•• 

The peak wavelength is 365nm. (MCEL-CUV8-405 and MBRL- 

CUV7530-405 are 405nm) 


M 

Configuration 

DR 

BR 

DQ 

CE 

L C UV 

Direct Ring 

Bar 

Square Oblique 

Coaxial 

Luminescent 

Color (UV) 

See 

Explanation 

for Each Series 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Maximum Rated 


Internal Diameter 

(mm) 

External Diameter 

(mm) 

Weight (g) 

Product Code 

MDRL-CUV31 UV 0.36 ø31 ø66 130 A-2262 

MBRL-CUV7530 UV 0.36 

75×30 

(Lighting area dimensions) 

120 A-2263 

MBRL-CUV7530-405 UV 0.52 

75×30 

(Lighting area dimensions) 

120 A-2482 

MDQL-CUV108 UV 0.36 60 108 210 A-2264 

MCEL-CUV8-405 UV 0.03 — ø8 35 A-2481 



MDRL-CUV31 MBRL-CUV7530 MDQL-CUV108 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


WD=15 WD=25 WD=35 WD=50 WD=70 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 


WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=30 WD=50 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 


WD=20 WD=30 WD=40 WD=50 WD=70 

i-62

) 

MDRL-CUV31 

MBRL-CUV7530 

MBRL-CUV7530-405 

4-M3 

Depth 4 

PCD50 

ø66 

ø31 

8.5 

ø3.1 

32 

30 

(Lighting Area 

2-M2 Depth 3 

85 

80 


ø3.1 

32 

30 


85 

80 


20 

18 

18 

75° 

2-M3 Depth 4 

50 

2-M3 Depth 4 

50 

MDQL-CUV108 

MCEL-CUV8-405 

30 

3 

108 

70 

60 

54 

42 


108 

70 

60 

54 

60 

60 

8-M2 

Depth 3 

ø6 


ø14 

ø8 

30 

12 

350 

ø3.1 

(500) 

38 

ø14 

ø4.9 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

4 


90° 


ø3.1 

4-M4 

U V 

Yogurt Package 

Sample Images 

Color CCD with White LED 

Visible, B/W CCD with White LED 

IR-CCD with IR LED 

UV-CCD with UV LED 

The print pattern not visible under IR can be seen clearly under UV 

i-63




RGB Series 


RGB 

•• 

Multi-color edge type backlight, ring, and bar lights arranged with RGB LEDs 

in compact packages 

•• 

Capable of the individual control of each color (1 channel for each color) 

•• 

Optimum for ID inspection, experiment, and color filter inspection 


M L-CRGB 3CH 

Configuration 

Lighting Area 

Dimensions (Length • Width) 

EB Edge Type Backlights 

DR Direct Ring 

BR Bar 

Model 

MEBL-CRGB25-3CH 


MDRL-CRGB56-3CH 


MBRL-CRGB7530-3CH 

Emitted 

Color 

RGB 

RGB 

RGB 

RGB 

RGB 

Maximum Rated 


R : 0.03 

G : 0.04 

B : 0.04 

R : 0.28 

G : 0.49 

B : 0.49 

R : 0.25 

G : 0.37 

B : 0.37 

R : 0.29 

G : 0.47 

B : 0.47 

R : 0.12 

G : 0.18 

B : 0.18 

Internal 

Diameter (mm) 

External 

Diameter (mm) 

Lighting 

Angle 

Weight (g) 

Product Code 

25x25 (Illumination area dimensions) 90° 80 A-2289 


ø56 ø120 55° 530 A-2483 

ø95 ø140 60° 510 A-2484 



i-64


MBRL-CRGB7530-3CH 

15 

28 

26 

(Lighting Surface 25) 

17.5 

56 

25 


50 

15 

3 

2-ø3.5 

350 

ø5.1 

33 

Prohibited 

Resolution Label 

40 

(500) 

ø4.9 

CN1 

CN2 

CN3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

32 

30 


85 

80 

75 


(ø5.1) 

(350) 40 

33 

Prohibited 


2-M2 Depth 3 

500 

(ø4.9) 

CN1 

CN2 

CN3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 


ø120 

ø56 

0.5 

45° 

(ø5.1) 

(350) 

33 

10 

40 

500 

(ø4.9) 


PCD120 

Prohibited 


10 

CN1 

CN2 

CN3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

18 


ø140 

ø95 

10 

(ø5.4) 

(350) 

33 

10 

40 

Prohibited 


500 

(ø5.2) 


PCD120 

CN1 

CN2 

CN3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 


31.5 

55° 

18 

28 

4-M2 Depth 3 

28 

60° 

18 

28 

4-M2 Depth 3 


RGB 

3.8 

A 

120 

18 

110 

10 

132 

100 



11 

(350) 40 

(ø5.1) 

Prohibited 


33 

500 

4-ø3.4 

ø6Average 

Spot Facing 

Depth of Spot Facing14.3 

(ø4.9) 

18 

6 28 

View A 

CN1 

CN2 

CN3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

4-M2 

Depth 3 


MDRL-CRGB56-3CH MDRL-CRGB95-3CH MEBL-CRGB10080-3CH 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 





R G B 

i-65




MBRC Series 


MBRC 

•• 

Highly uniform bar illumination using high brightness 

chip type LEDs 

•• 

The length of the emission area is in 150 mm units, and 

can be extended up to 1200 mm. 

•• 

Realization of a slim and lightweight compact design 

•• 

High brightness and high uniformity achieved by high 

density mounting of chip type LEDs 


MBRC 

Chip LED 

C 

R Red 

G Green 

Emitted Color 


Dimensions 

B Blue (Length, Width) 

W White 

DF 

CH 

Channel Number 

Model 

Emitted 


Maximum Rated Supported 

Product 

Weight (g) 

Color Lighting Surface External Dimension Current IFM(A) LED Controller 

Code 

MBRC-CR15012-DF 

Red 

0.5 

A-2370 

MBRC-CG15012-DF 

Green 

A-2371 

150 190 

MLEK-A080 130 

MBRC-CB15012-DF Blue 0.55 

A-2372 

MBRC-CW15012-DF White A-2373 

MBRC-CR30012-DF 

Red 

0.99 

A-2374 

MBRC-CG30012-DF 

Green 

A-2375 

300 340 

230 

MBRC-CB30012-DF Blue 1.1 

A-2376 

MBRC-CW30012-DF White A-2377 

MLEK-A230 

MBRC-CR60012-DF 

Red 

1.98 

A-2378 

MBRC-CG60012-DF 

Green 

A-2379 

600 640 

420 

MBRC-CB60012-DF Blue 2.2 

A-2380 

MBRC-CW60012-DF White A-2381 

MBRC-CR90012-DF-2CH Red 

ch1 : 1.98 ch2 : 0.99 

A-2382 

MBRC-CG90012-DF-2CH Green 

A-2383 

ch1 : 600 ch2 : 300 940 

620 

MBRC-CB90012-DF-2CH Blue ch1 : 2.2 ch2 : 1.1 

A-2384 

MBRC-CW90012-DF-2CH White A-2385 

MLEK-D770 

MBRC-CR120012-DF-2CH Red 

ch1 : 1.98 ch2 : 1.98 

A-2386 

MBRC-CG120012-DF-2CH Green 

A-2387 

ch1 : 600 ch2 : 600 1240 

810 

MBRC-CB120012-DF-2CH Blue ch1 : 2.2 ch2 : 2.2 

A-2388 

MBRC-CW120012-DF-2CH White A-2389 


i-66

MBRC-CR(CG,CB,CW) * *12-DF 

12 


40+300×n 

18+300×n 

300×n (Lighting Surface) 

27 

15 

30+300×n 

18 

6.8 

150 

P150×(2n-1) 

4 x n-M3 Depth 4 

(Including Opposite Side) 

*Cables with 2 branches are required for lines with a length of 900mm or greater. 


CCD Camera 

Lens 

Object 


MBRC 


MBRC-C 15012~60012-DF 

150~600mm 

M-RCB4**L 

1~3m 

Extension Cable 

MLEK 


AC Input 

MBRC-C 90012~120012-DF 

M-RCB4**L 

1~3m 

MLEK-D770 


900~1200mm AC Input 



MBRC-CW30012-DF Light Distribution for the X-axis (horizontal) Light Distribution for the Y-axis (vertical) 

131.4 

1.2 

1.2 

-131.4 

-175.3 -131.4 -87.6 -43.8 0.0 43.8 87.6 131.4 175.3 


0.9 -1.0 0.8 -0.9 0.7 -0.8 0.6 -0.7 

0.5 -0.6 0.4 -0.5 0.3 -0.4 0.2 -0.3 

0.1 -0.2 0.0 -0.1 

87.6 

43.8 

0.0 

-43.8 

-87.6 



1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 



1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


i-67



NEW 


SMT 


These HB LED Light Lines provide extremely high 

brightness illumination (over 2M Lux) for challenging 

line scan and web inspection applications. The new 

SMT Light Line LED units, available in red or white 

wavelengths as standard, achieve high brightness 

lighting while maintaining high uniformity (+/-5%) in 

a slim, light-weight design. Air-cooling and watercooling 

options are available to suit customers’ needs. 

Two variations are available, STD & RS, that are 

optimized for diffuse or reflective surfaces, respectively, 

to provide unparalleled uniformity and performance 

for even the most demanding applications. The 

modularity of the design allows lengths of 150 mm to 

3,000 mm in increments of 150 mm. 

SMT 

•• 

Ultra high-brightness: More than 2 mega lux * 1 

•• 

High uniformity: +/-5% * 2 

•• 

Slim and compact design 

•• 

Available lengths: 300 to 3,000mm in steps of 150mm 

*1 The standard type with water-cooling 

*2 Within a level flat illumination area of the reflective type 

Aluminum slide frame (M6, up to 

8mm depth) equipped on the slim 

chassis allows greater flexibility for 

mounting. 

Electric control box part has 

2-pin/5-pin LEMO connectors, LED 

indicators and an intensity adjustment 

device. 

Light focusing can be optimized 

easily by turning the adjustment 

screw nut. 

Air-cooled 

Water-cooled 

Input Voltage 24 V DC ± 2 % 

Power Consumption 

300 mm Module: max. 72 W max. 120 W 

450 mm Module: max. 108 W max. 180 W 

Current 

300 mm Module: max. 3.0 A max. 5.0 A 

450 mm Module: max. 4.5 A max. 7.5 A 

Brightness 1300 klx (*1) 2100 klx (*2) 

LED Color White LEDs : Color temperature 5000 K to 5650 K Red LEDs : 627nm 

Storage Conditions Temperature: + 5 °C … + 35 °C Humidity: < 70 % 

Operating Conditions Temperature: + 5 °C … + 35 °C Humidity: < 70 % no dust or oil saturated ventilation air 

Approvals 

CE and ETL according to Standard EN 61010, ROHS compliant 

*1 Measured at the center of 300mm line illumination with the maximum 72W power at 50mm distance. 

*2 Measured at the center of 300mm line illumination with the maximum 120W power at 50mm distance. 

i-68

Length 

Standard Type 

Reflective Type 

(mm) 

White LEDs Red LEDs White LEDs Red LEDs 

300 HB-LED-LL D300 WA*/W** HB-LED-LL D300 RA*/W** HB-LED-LL R300 WA*/W** HB-LED-LL R300 RA*/W** 



















*Air-cooled **Water-cooled (Made-to-order) 


Line Profile Characteristics at Different WDs 

Left: Standard type / Right: Reflective type 

Line Profile WD 125 mm WD 100mm WD 75 mm WD 50 mm 

Intensity Comparison 

Between Cooling Methods 

(WD = 50mm) 

SMT 

1600 

1200 

2500 

 

1200 

800 

400 

900 

600 

300 

 

(klx) 

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

0 

0 

-10 -5 0 5 10 

 

0 

Air-cooling 

Water-cooling 

Standard Type 

(For objects with 

diffusing surface) 

Ultra high-intensity made 

possible by direct illumination 

of LED with condenser lens. 

Reflective Type 

(For objects with 

specular surface) 

Superb uniformity even in high 

intensity illumination with the 

best combination of condenser 

lens and diffusing sheet. 

Images of Reflective Surface 

Standard type 

(For objects with diffusing surface) 

Reflective type 

(For objects with specular surface) 

i-69




MLNX Series 

MLNX-DF 


•• 

High brightness line illumination using high power LEDs 

•• 

The length of the emission area is in 120 mm 

increments, and can be extended up to 2880 mm. 


MLNX 

C 

DF 

CH 

MLNX 

•• 

Optical technology that has gained a reputation for 

excellence in fiber line light products 

•• 

Illumination units from 120 to 720 mm can be combined 

and used with the MLEK Series LED controller, reducing 

costs even further. 

Emitted Color 

Line Length 

R Red B Blue 


Number of Channels 

•• 

Illumination units longer than 840mm can be extended to 

the limit of 2880mm with the supported LED controllers. 

Model 

Emitted 


Maximum Rated Supported Weight Product 

Color Lighting Surface External Dimension Current IFM(A) LED Controller (g) Code 

MLNX-CR120-DF 

Red 

0.47 

A-2346 

MLNX-CG120-DF 

Green 

A-2347 

120 150 

MLEK-A080 540 

MLNX-CB120-DF Blue 0.8 

A-2348 

MLNX-CW120-DF White A-2349 

MLNX-CR240-DF 

Red 

0.93 

A-2350 

MLNX-CG240-DF 

Green 

A-2351 

240 270 

870 


A-2352 


MLEK-A230 

MLNX-CR360-DF 

Red 

1.39 

A-2354 

MLNX-CG360-DF 

Green 

A-2355 

360 390 

1300 


A-2356 


MLNX-CR480-DF Red 480 

1.85 MLEK-A230 

A-2358 

MLNX-CG480-DF-2CH Green 

A-2359 

510 

1700 

MLNX-CB480-DF-2CH Blue ch1 : 240 ch2 : 240 ch1 : 1.59ch2 : 1.59 MLEK-D770 

A-2360 

MLNX-CW480-DF-2CH White A-2361 

MLNX-CR600-DF Red 600 

2.3 MLEK-A230 2000 A-2362 


A-2363 

630 

MLNX-CB600-DF-2CH Blue ch1 : 240 ch2 : 360 ch1 : 1.59 ch2 : 2.3 

2100 A-2364 


MLNX-CR720-DF-2CH Red 

ch1 : 1.39 ch2 : 1.39 MLEK-D770 

A-2366 


A-2367 

ch1 : 360 ch2 : 360 750 

2400 

MLNX-CB720-DF-2CH Blue ch1 : 2.3 ch2 : 2.3 

A-2368 



*Illumination units longer than 840mm can be produced and manufactured with the specifications for 1 channel 

with the use of supported LED controllers (in 120mm increments, 2880mm limit). See P.i-87 for details. 

i-70

MLNX-CR(CG,CB,CW) * *-DF 

Line Length : ~720mm 

Line Length : 840mm~2880mm 


36 

18 

120×n+30 

120 x n (Lighting Surface) 

36 

10 

65 

100+120×n 

120×n (Lighting Surface) 85 

55 (15) (22) 

18 



65 

42 

42 

120 

(75) P120×(n-1) 145 

120 

120×(n-1) 



1) represents number of LED Panels. 1 LED Panel is 7-24 Sheets 


CCD Camera 

Lens 

Object 


Uniform Measurement of High Wattage LED 

MLNX 

[Product Name] MLNX-C 240-DF 

[Measuring Equipment] Exclusive Measuring Equipment of MORITEX 

Line Sensor : 7450bit / 4.7×4.7µm 

Lens : ML-L047-200 (MORITEX) / ×0.47 

ND Filter: Not Used 

Lens WD: 198mm 

[Measurement Conditions] 

Line CCD/ Lens/ ND Filter 

(Measured in 3 places using 

75mm pitch and centered around 

measurement position of 0mm) 

Virtual Object Position 

Illumination WD 

[Measurement Result: Illumination WD = 50mm] 


Brightness Level 1=203, Brightness Level 2=207 

Measurement 

Position 


Measurement 

Position 

+0mm 


Measurement 

Position 

*Total Uniformity =211,min=194,(max-min)/max=8.1% 

[Product Name] MLNX-C 240-DF 

[Measuring Equipment]Exclusive Measuring Equipment of MORITEX 

Line Sensor : 7450bit / 4.7×4.7µm 

Lens : ML-L047-200 (MORITEX) / ×0.47 

ND Filter: Not Used 

Lens WD: 198mm 

[Measurement Conditions] 

Line CCD/ Lens/ ND Filter 

(Measured in 3 places using 

75mm pitch and centered around 

measurement position of 0mm) 

Virtual Object Position 

Illumination WD 

[Measurement Result: Illumination WD = 100mm] 



Measurement 

Position 


Measurement 

Position 


Measurement 

Position 

*Total Uniformity max=211, min=194, (max-min)/max=8.1% 

i-71




MLNL Series 

Line Illumination MLNL 

•• 

These units are ideal for line type illumination and line scan 

CCD camera illumination. 

•• 

LED line position adjustable to change focus point 


MLNL-C 

Emitted Color 

Line Length 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 


Line Length 

(mm) 

Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

A-2090 

MLNL-CR192 Red 0.18 192 

MLNL-CG192 Green 0.36 192 A-2161 

420 

MLNL-CB192 Blue 0.36 192 A-2092 

MLNL-CW192 White 0.36 192 A-2091 


R Red B Blue 


MLNL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 192 

MLNL-CW192 

Sample Images 

MLNL-CR192 

16.3 


205 

192(Lighting Surface) 4-M2 Depth 8 

210 

205 

15 

2-M3 Depth 10 

(Both Sides) 

Condenser Lenses 24 

60 

LED Line Illumination Unit 

20 

M3 Knurl Screw 

(for adjusting the LED position) 

8=M3 Enameled Screw 

(for supporting the LED light) 

Connector 

Transparent (Acrylic) Surface Scratch 



MLNL-CW192 

1.2 

CCD Camera 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 


WD=40 WD=50 WD=70 WD=100 

Lens 

Object 

i-72


IP67 

MSPP Series 

IP 67, ingress protection from dust 

and droplets, assures safe installation 

under harsh environments. 

•• 

For use in long working distance applications (up to 2m) 

- Can also be used at a short distance from inspection targets 

- Widens the operating range for robots and other automated tools 

- Can be installed to replace lights that produce large amounts of heat 

•• 

Structure allows for a variable illumination area range. Installation 

distance and lighting area can be adjusted easily. 

•• 

Two types offered for narrow and wide illumination areas 

- The illumination area range can be adjusted for each type. 

•• 

Ease of maintenance possible with glass cover replacement 

•• 

Use of of a versatile connector makes it possible to use cables which 

resist spatter. 

•• 

Low temperature emission and low energy consumption make it 

possible to reduce power usage and effects on the environment. 



MSPP -C 

Emitted 

Color 

R Red B Blue 


Lighting Area 

Diameter 


MSPP 

Model 

Emitted 

Color 

Maximum Rated 


Weight 

(g) 

Product 

Code 

MSPP-CR42 Red 0.7 460 A-2327 

Illumination Area 

MSPP-CG42 Green 0.7 460 A-2328 

(Wide Type) 

MSPP-CB42 Blue 0.7 460 A-2329 

MSPP-CW42 White 0.7 460 A-2330 

Replacement Cover Glass MGA-SP42 — — — A-9060 Illumination Option 

MSPP-CR74 Red 0.7 600 A-2342 

Illumination Area 

MSPP-CG74 Green 0.7 600 A-2343 

(Narrow Type) 

MSPP-CB74 Blue 0.7 600 A-2344 

MSPP-CW74 White 0.7 600 A-2345 

Replacement Cover Glass MGA-SP74 — — — A-9061 Illumination Option 

M-XS402C — — — A-2336 L=2m (Waterproof) 




MSPP-MLEP070 Replacement Cable M-RCB301XS — — — A-2339 L=1m (Waterproof) 

MLEP-A070W1LR — — — A-2314 Analog, 1Channel LED Controller 


MLEP-A070W3LR — — — A-2316 Analog, 3Channel LED Controller 

MLEP-A070W1LRD — — — A-2310 Digital, 1Channel LED Controller 

MLEP-A070W3LRD — — — A-2312 Digital , 3Channel LED Controller 

See P.i-88~90 for details on LED controllers 

Notes 


i-73



MSPP-CR/G/B/W42 

Wide Area Illumination Type 

Wide lighting area range and 

uniformity 

WD 2m ········· ø300~800mm 

WD 1m ········· ø170~400mm 

WD 0.5m······ ø80~230mm 

(Tested Product: MSPP-CR42) 

MSPP-CR/G/B/W74 

Narrow Area Illumination Type 

LED Spot Projectors MSPP 

Amazing brightness 

WD 2m At ø80mm ···········2,000Lx 

WD 2m At ø200mm ·········Approximately 800 Lx 

(Tested Product: MSPP-CW74) 

MSPP-CR (CG,CB,CW) 42 MSPP-CR (CG,CB,CW) 74 

ø42 


ø58 72~87 

22 0~15 50 

150 

ø90 

ø74 


52 

102~117 

0~15 50 

150 

56 

CN1 

1 4 

2 3 

CN1 

1 3 

2 4 

Locking Screws for 

Condenser Modulation 

ø38 

40 5 

56 

ø58 

(ø6) 

12.5 

Locking Screws for 

Condenser Modulation 

ø38 

40 5 

ø58 56 

(ø6) 

12.5 

4-M5 Depth 8 


4-M5 Depth 8 


i-74

Intensity and Lighting Area Range 

*Reference Values 

MSPP-CR42 

WD Lighting Area Range Intensity 

500 80~230 3790~754 

1000 170~400 1070~207 

1500 240~600 493~101 

2000 300~800 290~57 

MSPP-CW42 


500 80~220 8700~1400 

1000 100~470 2350~330 

1500 150~680 1046~150 

2000 200~1000 583~50 

Relation Between Cable Length and Intensity 

MSPP-CR74 


500 30~130 8400~1760 

1000 70~210 3020~580 

1500 110~250 1380~260 

2000 150~380 810~160 

MSPP-CW74 


500 35~100 15700~2600 

1000 50~190 7600~840 

1500 75~300 3300~390 

2000 200~1000 2080~240 

*Illumination Area Range is 50% or greater for the maximum intensity 

Affect of cable length 

on LED output 

IP67 Leak Test 

LED Relative Output (%) 

When connected to a MLEP electrical current 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

Reference Values 

0 

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 

Cable Length (m) 

IP (Ingress Protection) is a set of standard measurements related to the protection of products from solid 

foreign objects and water. IP is prescribed by the Japanese Industrial Standards Committee (JISC0920) and 

the International Organization for Standardization (IEC60529). 

IP67 classification refers to a level of ingress protection for enclosures, to provide complete no ingress of 

dust and water under conditions of immersion at depth of 1m for 30 minutes. 


MSPP 

With regard to the condition of 30 minutes in a depth of 1 meter of water, a total 

inspection was performed for the presence of leaks by using an air pressure of 0.05 MPa 

for 30 seconds. 0.5 MPa is approximately twice the required condition 

MSPP Illumination System Connection Flow 

MGA-SP42 

IP67 

Flame Retardant 

Water Resistant 

Water Resistant 

LED Controller for 

High Power Spot Illumination 

MLEP-A070 


MGA-SP74 

MSPP-C 42 

MSPP-C 74 


Conversion Cable 

M-XS4 C M-RCB301XS 

( 2•5•10m ) 

( 1m ) 

Customers are responsible for preparing the flame 

retardant and water resistant cable 

AC Input 

1.2 

1.0 


MSPP-CW42 

MSPP-CW74 

Light Distribution for the X-axis (horizontal) 

Light Distribution for the X-axis (horizontal) 

1.2 

1.0 

(Measured In Condensed Condition) 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 


WD=1000 WD=1500 WD=2000 

0.0 

-150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 


WD=1000 WD=1500 WD=2000 

i-75



High Power LED Spot Illumination and Coaxial Illuminatuion 

MCEP/MCEC/MCEL Series 


/Coaxial Illuminatuion 

MCEP / MCE / MCEL 

4 product series ranging in level of intensity from the MCEP-070 Series to MCEL Series are available for 

customers diverse needs. The wide variety of choices can be used for applications requiring coaxial 

illumination (eg. MML Series) or spot illumination. 

Ultra high intensity 

MCEP 070 Series 

Enhanced luminance efficiency through 

MORITEX’s unique heat dissipation 

structure (design registered). 

1.35x higher illumination intensity 

compared to conventional models. 

Newly-developed collimator and light 

guiding rod satisfy both high 

performance and high uniformity. 

MCEP Series 

High power spot illumination also 

optimum for MML (Machine Micro 

Lens) Series coaxial illumination. 

4 colors available for various test 

objects and applications. 

MCEC Series 

Optimized for MML Series with high 

uniformity. 

Suitable for applications that require 

greater brightness than MCEL Series. 

Space-saving design with competitive 

prices. 



MCEP - C 8 

Power LED 

MCEC-C 8 

Chip-Type 

Emitted Color 

R Red B Blue 


MCEL-C 8 

Discreet Type 

Emitted Color 

R Red B Blue 


Coaxial Illuminatuion 


Emitted Color 

R Red B Blue 


Value for Maximum 

Rated Electrical Current 

0.35A 

070 0.7A 

MCEL Series 

High intensity 

Miniaturized coaxial illumination for 

MML Series. 

Best suited for objects with 

high-reflection or specular surface. 

Compact and low price 

i-76


Model 

Emitted Color 

Dominant 

Wavelength 

Range* 

Color 

Temperature 

Maximum Rated 


Weight (g) 


Connector 

PIN 

Product Code 

MCEP-CR8-070 Red 620.5~645nm — 0.7 45 MLEP-A070 3 PIN A-2323 

MCEP-CG8-070 Green 520~550nm — 0.7 45 MLEP-A070 3 PIN A-2324 

MCEP-CB8-070 Blue 460~490nm — 0.7 45 MLEP-A070 3 PIN A-2325 

MCEP-CW8-070 White — 4500~10000K 0.7 45 MLEP-A070 3 PIN A-2326 

MCEP-CW8-070-2 White — 5350~7500K 0.7 45 MLEP-A070 3 PIN A-2404 

* Wavelength of visible light on CIE chromatic coordinates. 

Model 

Emitted Color 

Dominant 

Wavelength 

Range* 

Color 

Temperature 

Maximum Rated 


Weight (g) 


Connector 

PIN 

Product Code 

MCEP-CR8 Red 620.5~645nm — 0.35 50 MLEP-A035 3 PIN A-2111 

MCEP-CG8 Green 520~550nm — 0.35 50 MLEP-A035 3 PIN A-2115 

MCEP-CB8 Blue 460~490nm — 0.35 50 MLEP-A035 3 PIN A-2113 

MCEP-CW8 White — 4500~10000K 0.35 50 MLEP-A035 3 PIN A-2112 

* Wavelength of visible light on CIE chromatic coordinates. 


Model 

Emitted Color 

External 

Diameter(mm) 

Maximum 

Rated Current 

IFM(A) 

Weight(g) 


Connector 

Pin 

Product Code 

MCEC-CR8 Red ø8 0.14 35 MLEK-A080 4 PIN A-2319 

MCEC-CG8 Green ø8 0.17 35 MLEK-A080 4 PIN A-2320 

MCEC-CB8 Blue ø8 0.17 35 MLEK-A080 4 PIN A-2321 

MCEC-CW8 White ø8 0.17 35 MLEK-A080 4 PIN A-2322 

Model 

Emitted Color 

External 

Diameter(mm) 

Maximum 

Rated Current 

IFM(A) 

Weight(g) 


Connector 

PIN 

Product Code 

MCEL-CR8 Red ø8 0.04 35 MLEK-A080 4 PIN A-2108 

MCEL-CG8 Green ø8 0.03 35 MLEK-A080 4 PIN A-2142 

MCEL-CB8 Blue ø8 0.03 35 MLEK-A080 4 PIN A-2110 

MCEL-CW8 White ø8 0.03 35 MLEK-A080 4 PIN A-2109 




Intensity Comparison Data 


WD=5mm 

Intensity Comparison Data 


WD=5mm 

MCEP-CR8 

228,000 lx 

MCEL-CR8 

8,700 lx 

MCEP-CR8-070 

307,000 lx 

MCEC-CR8 

45,000 lx 

MCEP-CB8 

MCEL-CB8 

MCEP-CB8-070 

MCEC-CB8 

MCEP-CG8 

MCEL-CG8 

MCEP-CG8-070 

MCEC-CG8 

MCEP-CW8 

MCEP-CW8-070 

215,000 lx 

518,000 lx 

MCEL-CW8 

MCEC-CW8 

16,000 lx 

102,000 lx 

0 100000 200000 300000 400000 500000 600000 0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000 

Intensity [lx] 

Intensity [lx] 

i-77

1 

23 



MCEP-C 8-070 / 070-2 

ø6(Lighting Area) 

20 

12 

62 (500) 

ø24 

ø14 

ø8 

(ø3.1) 

CN1 




MCEP-CR (CG,CB,CW) 8 

ø6(Lighting Area) 

ø27 

ø14 

ø8 

12 8 

50 

30 

ø3.1 

(500) 

CN1 

1 

2 

3 

MCEC-CR (CG,CB,CW) 8 MCEL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 8 

ø6 (Lighting Area) 

ø14 

ø8 

12 

34 

(350) 

(ø3.1) 

500 

38 

ø14 

(ø4.9) 

CN1 

1 234 

ø14 

ø8 

ø6 


12 

30 


LED Controller for MCEP-070 

MLEP-A070 

LED Controller for MCEP 

MLEP-A035 

LED Controller for MCEC/MCEL 

MLEK-A080 

(See P.i-90) (See P.i-88) (See P.i-82) 

i-78

Spectral Characteristic Data 

1.2 

1.0 


0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


0.0 

350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 


MCEP-CR8/070 

R : Peak Wavelength p =636.9 (nm) Dominant Wavelength d =625.6 (nm) 

MCEP-CG8/070 

G : Peak Wavelength p =538.1 (nm) Dominant Wavelength d =546.5 (nm) 

MCEP-CB8/070 

B : Peak Wavelength p =459.0 (nm) Dominant Wavelength d =463.6 (nm) 

MCEP-CW8/070 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 

Wavelength 

(nm) 

R : Peak Wavelength p =635.6 (nm) Dominant Wavelength d =625.2 (nm) 

G : Peak Wavelength p =529.1 (nm) Dominant Wavelength d =537.2 (nm) 

B : Peak Wavelength p =473.0 (nm) Dominant Wavelength d =475.6 (nm) 

MCEC-CR8 

MCEC-CG8 

MCEC-CB8 

MCEC-CW8 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 

Wavelength 

(nm) 

MCEL-CR8 

MCEL-CG8 

MCEL-CB8 

MCEL-CW8 





MCEP-CW8-070 

MCEP-CW8 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=25 


1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=25 



1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-20 

MCEC-CW8 

-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 


MCEL-CW8 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 


WD=5 WD=10 WD=15 WD=20 WD=30 

Use the MML Series for the optimal matching of high power LED spot LED 

illumination (MCEP Series) and a lens with coaxial incident illumination. 

A lineup of 47 types of telecentric optical systems with low image 

distortion offer a variety of supportednumber of pixels, magnifications, 

widths, and camera mounts (only with coaxial incidence function) 

An unparalleled variety of other illumination and lens products, along 

with technological know-how, is available to solve any problems that our 

customers may have. 

i-79



Typical Applications of the MCEP Series 


For wafer, glass panels, etc. 

Oblique Spot Lighting 

For electrical components, 

connectors, etc. 



Configuration and Example Application 

MML Series 

LED Controller for 3 Channel 

Independent Control 

MCEP-CB8 

MCEP-CG8 

MCEP-CR8 

Light Guide Mixing Unit 

MLEP LED controllers have “Integrated combination 

control” (Patent registered) function that enables 

user to control the overall lighting intensity without 

changing the adjusted intensity level of each color 

channel. 


M-RCB30 L 

Example Application 

Optic Fibers Are Mixed Randomly Based On 

Random Numbers Enabling Uniform Illumination 


Connection Diagram 

AD-LED 

MCEP-ADLG can be used with 80 types of standard light guides 

and 16 types of condenser lenses provided by MORITEX. 


Rear Converter Lenses 

MML Series 


MCEP-CR8 MCEP-CG8 MCEP-CB8 Image After Light Adjustment 

with Mixing Unit 

Light Guide 

MML-AD-L 

Coaxial L-Shaped Adapter 

LED Controller for LED 

MRP Series 

ADLG Series 

Light Guide Adapter 

MCEP Series 

High Power Spot Illumination 

Connection Diagram with Light Guide 

Ferrule on Light Source 

Light Guide Side 

MCEP-ADLG 

Series 

MCEP 

Series 

Remove MCP Tip 



Multifurcated 

Light Guides 


i-80

Condenser Lenses for Spot Illumination 

ML-30 

ML-50 

ML-70(Short) 

ML-70(Long) 

MLZ-100(Short) MLZ-100(Long) MLS-60P(Short) MLS-60P(Long) 

MLS-60 

W.D(mm) 

0 

50 

100 

150 

200 

250 

300 

350 

Ø10.4 

Ø23.3 

Ø33.1 

Ø42.7 

Ø52.4 

Ø62.9 

Ø71.3 

129400 lx 

40800 lx 

18580 lx 

10280 lx 

6640 lx 

4690 lx 

3470 lx 

Ø7.8 

Ø18.2 

Ø35.3 

Ø51.7 

Ø72.1 

Ø89.5 

Ø102.7 

141800 lx 

26230 lx 

8870 lx 

4510 lx 

2680 lx 

1760 lx 

1231 lx 

Ø20.4 

Ø24.6 

Ø28.9 

Ø35.3 

Ø43.2 

Ø50.3 

Ø58.1 

47800 lx 

31400 lx 

21550 lx 

14580 lx 

10170 lx 

7420 lx 

5660 lx 

Ø16.4 

Ø16.2 

Ø20.5 

55600 lx 

48300 lx 

31700 lx 

23090 lx 

16610 lx 

12110 lx 

9070 lx 

Ø17.9 

Ø33.3 

*Measurement values for ML-70, MLZ100, and MLS60P at longest and shortest lens length 

*Measurement values for MLS-60 in condensed condition 

Ø25 

Ø30.5 

Ø34.5 

Ø40 

Ø49 

Ø67.2 

Ø85.1 

Ø100.1 

Ø117.6 

71200 lx 

19960 lx 

9030 lx 

5060 lx 

3230 lx 

2244 lx 

1644 lx 

97400 lx 

1247 lx 

1055 lx 

Ø15.6 

Ø10.3 

Ø4.2 

26940 lx 

966 lx 

1135 lx 

Ø31.2 

Ø12.2 

Ø2.7 

11680 lx 

752 lx 

1097 lx 

272.7 lx 

Ø48.7 

Ø13.8 

Ø3.5 

Ø34×1 

6430 lx 

591 lx 

964 lx 

212.1 lx 

Ø66.8 

Ø15.6 

Ø4.6 

Ø42.8×0.9 

4050 lx 

478 lx 

789 lx 

180.8 lx 

Ø86.7 

Ø17.1 

Ø5.8 

Ø54.1×1 

2799 lx 

392 lx 

617 lx 

152.3 lx 

Ø105 

Ø18.9 

Ø7.6 

Ø36×1 

2036 lx 

328 lx 

476 lx 

Ø118.6 

Ø20.8 

Ø9.5 

*Measurement illumination is MCEP-CW8-070 



Fiber Connection Options 

The MCEP Series can be connected with an optical fiber light guide and used as a small light source. 

A small amount of light loss and high illuminance is achieved thanks to the use of MORITEX’s optical fiber technology, 

which allows for the efficient introduction of light to the light guide. 

The multi-adapter unit supports all types of standard light guides manufactured by MORITEX. 


For use with MCEP-C 8 

For use with MCEP-C 8-070 

For use with both MCEP-C 8, MCEP-C 8-070 

MCEP-ADLG 

MCEP-ADLG24 

MCEP-AD3LGC 

Light Guide Adapter Light Guide Adapter Light Guide Mixing Unit 

5 13 

5 

13 

28 28 

ø27 

60 

ø15 

ø32 

ø24 

55 

ø15 

ø28 

ø15 Diameter of incident Fixture 

ø6 Diameter of Fastener 

33 

18 

90 

28 

49.5 

65 

Model Type Weight(g) Product Code 

L/G Alignment Mark 

11.5 

2-ø3.5 

ø 6.5 Spot-Facing Depth7.5 

MCEP-ADLG 1 Light Type 85 A-9001 

MCEP-ADLG24 1 Light Type 60 A-9069 

MCEP-AD3LGC 3 Light Type 270 A-9070 

*Remove adapter from insertion area of illumination 

equipment when using MCEP-C 8 

i-81



Analog 

Digital 

1ch 

2ch RoHS CE 

LED Controllers for MG-Wave Series 

MLEK Series 


MLEK 

Constant current LED controller designed for all MG-Wave LEDs (except for the MCEP Series). 

As part of an initiative to address environmental issues, this model was designed in compliance 

with the Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (RoHS 

directive) to be introduced in Europe in July 2006. 

Supports up to TOTAL 0.8A 






•• 

1 channel & 2 channel versions available in both analog and 

digital (8-bit, 256 level) external intensity control models 

•• 

Supports universal voltage input (100 to 240V AC) and is both 

RoHS compliant and CE marked. 

MLEK-A080W1LR / 1LRD 



MLEK-A230W2LR / 2LRDB 

90 

110 

55 

75 

6 

10 

130 

150 

55 

75 

610 

170 

190 

i-82


Model MLEK-A080W1LR MLEK-A080W2LR 

Order Code MLEK-A080W1LR-100V MLEK-A080W1LR-200V MLEK-A080W2LR-100V MLEK-A080W2LR-200V 

AC Type 100V 200V 100V 200V 

Output 

1 channel output max. 0.8A 

(Connects to all lights except MCEP Series only) 

2 channel output max. 0.8A for each channel/ Total max. 0.8A 


Input Voltage AC100 - 240V 50/60Hz AC100 - 240V 50/60Hz 

Input Current 

Surge Current 

0.3/0.15A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 

15A or less (at AC100V) 

35A or less (at AC 240V) 

0.3/0.15A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 



Operating Temperature 

0 to 45°C (Humidity within 80%RH by 31°C and linearly down to 50%RH at 40°C) 

Output System DC Continuous output DC Continuous output 

Output Control System Constant current control (variable current) Constant current control (variable current) 

External Light Control Yes (0-5V intensity control) Yes (0-5V intensity control) 

Output ON/OFF 

Function 

Yes (Photo-coupler insulation type) 

Yes (Photo-coupler insulaation type) 

Error Output Yes(Photo-coupler insulation, control error) Yes(Photo-coupler insulation, control error) 

Cooling System Natural cooling by air Natural cooling by air 

Installation Rubber legs placed on flat surface Rubber legs placed on flat surface 

Weight Approximately 1kg Approximately 1.3kg 

product code A-2300 A-2301 A-2302 A-2303 


Model MLEK-A080W1LRD MLEK-A080W2LRD 

Order Code MLEK-A080W1LRD-100V MLEK-A080W1LRD-200V MLEK-A080W2LRD-100V MLEK-A080W2RD-200V 

AC Type 100V 200V 100V 200V 

Output 






Input Current 

Surge Current 

0.3/ 0.15A 

(at AC100V/ 240V) 



0.3/ 0.15A 

(at AC100V/ 240V) 







External Light Control Yes (8-bit digital) Yes (8-bit digital for each independent channel) 

Output ON/OFF 

Function 



Error Output Yes (Photo-coupler insulation, control error) Yes(Photo-coupler insulation, control error) 



Weight Approximately 1kg Approximately 1.3kg 

Product Code A-2231 A-2252 A-2232 A-2253 


MLEK 

Connection Specifications 

For the MLEK-A080W1LR/2LR, MLEK-A230W1LR/2LR 

No. Name No. Name 

1 Output ON/ OFF signal + 9 

External VR intensity control 

signal input 

2 Output ON/ OFF signal - 10 

External 0-5V analog intensity 

control signal input 

3 NC 11 External Input GND 

4 NC 12 

External 0-5V/ External VR Input 

Switch 

5 Control error signal (open collector) 13 DC2.5V/ Bias power output 

6 Control error signal (open emitter) 14 NC 

7 NC 15 NC 

8 NC 

A A A 

Relay Photo-Coupler Transistor 

5V,24V 

Input/Output Circuit Diagrams 

With MLEK-A080W1LR/2LR, MLEK-A230W1LR/2LR 

5V,24V 

5V=1.3k 

24V=6.2k 

B 

10k 

5V,24V 

5V=1.3k 

24V=6.2k 

0-5V 

B 

5V,24V 

ON/OFF 

Error 

A 

LSB 

1 

2 

5 

6 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

3.9k 

5k 

2.5V Ref 

330 

5V 

47k 

5V 

10k 

5V 

i-83





MLEK 

Model MLEK-A230W1LR MLEK-A230W2LR 

Order Code MLEK-A230W1LR-100V MLEK-A230W1LR-200V MLEK-A230W2LR-100V MLEK-A230W2LR-200V 

AC Type 100V 200V 100V 200V 

Output 


Model MLEK-A230W1LRD MLEK-A230W2LRDB 

Order Code MLEK-A230W1LRD-100V MLEK-A230W1LRD-200V MLEK-A230W2LRDB-100V MLEK-A230W2LRDB-200V 

AC Type 100V 200V 100V 200V 

Output 






Input Current 

Surge Current 




0.7/ 0.4A 

(a AC100/ 240V) 






Input Current 

Surge Current 

0.7/ 0.4A 

(at AC100/ 240V) 



0.7/0.4A 

(at AC100/ 240V) 







External Light Control Yes (0-5V intensity control/ external VR intensity control Yes (0-5V intensity control/ external VR intensity control 

Output ON/OFF 

Function 



Error Output Yes (Photo-coupler insulation, control error) Yes (Photo-coupler insulation, control error) 

Cooling System Forcible air cooling Forcible air cooling 


Weight Approximately 1.1kg Approximately 1.4kg 


0.7/ 0.4A 

(a AC100/ 240V) 






External Light Control Yes (8-bit digital) Yes (8-bit digital for each independent channel) 

Output ON/OFF 

Function 



Error Output Yes (Photo-coupler insulation, control error) Yes (Photo-coupler insulation, control error) 

Cooling System Forcible cooling by air Forcible cooling by air 


Weight Approximately 1.1kg Approximately 1.4kg 



For the MLEK-A080W1LRD/2LRD, MLEK-A230W1LRD/2LRD 


With MLEK-A080W1LRD/2LRD, MLEK-A230W1LRD/2LRD 


1 8-bit digital input 2° (LSB) 9 COMMON (+) 

2 8-bit digital input 2 1 10 Output ON/ OFF signal (input) 

3 8-bit digital input 2 2 11 Control error signal output 

4 8-bit digital input 2 3 12 NC 


5V,24V 

COMMON 

LSB 

A A A 


9 

1 

3.9k 

5V 

47k 

5V 

47k 



8 8-bit digital input 2 7 (MSB) 

5V,24V 

5V,24V 

A 

A 

MSB 

8 

ON/OFF 

10 

3.9k 

3.9k 

5V 

47k 

5V 

B 

B 

5V=1.3k 

24V=6.2k 

Error 

11 

330 

i-84

C O R P O R A T I O N 

MLEK-D770W4LRD 

CH 1 

CH 2 

CH 3 

CH 4 

POWER 

FINE 

0 

0 

F 

REMO 

COARSE 

0 0 

0 

0 

F 

MANU 

OUT4 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 

OUT3 

FAN3 

EXT 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

OUT2 

FAN2 

OUT1 

FAN1 

MAINS Supply 

Digital 

4ch RoHS CE 



•• 

4 independent channel digital controller 

•• 

External digital control with 10-bit, 1024 level 

capability 

•• 

Supports universal voltage input (100 to 240V 

AC) and is both RoHS compliant and CE 

marked. 

Model 


Order Code MLEK-D770W4LRD-100V MLEK-D770W4LRD-200V 

AC Type 100V 200V 

4 channel output CH1~CH3: 2.3A max. 

Output 

CH4: 0.8A max. Total max 7.7A 





Input Voltage 

AC100V-240V 50/60Hz 

Input Current 

Surge Current 

1.7/0.8A 

(at AC100/ 240V) 



120 

MLEK 


0 to 45°C (Humidity within 80%RH by 31°C and linearly 

down to 50%RH at 40°C) 

Output System 



Constant current control (variable current) 

55 

100 

200 

220 


Yes (8-bit or 10-bit digital for each independent channel) 

Output ON/OFF 

Function 


Error Output 

Yes (Photo-coupler insulation, control error) 


Forcible cooling by air 

Installation 

Rubber legs placed on flat surface 

Weight 

Approximately 2kg 

Product Code A-2235 A-2256 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 




1 10-bit digital input 2 0 (10-bit/ LSB) 14 CH3 Output ON/ OFF signal (input) 

2 10-bit digital input 2 1 15 CH4 Output ON/ OFF signal (input) 

3 10-bit digital input 2 2 (8bit/LSB) 16 CH1 control error signal input 

4 10-bit digital input 2 3 17 CH2 control error signal input 



7 10-bit digital input 2 6 20 CH Select 

8 10-bit digital input 2 7 21 CH Select 

9 10-bit digital input 2 8 22 Write TRG 

10 10-bit digital input 2 9 (MSB) 23 NC 

11 COMMON (+) 24 NC 

12 CH1 Output ON/ OFF signal (input) 25 NC 

13 CH2 Output ON/ OFF signal (input) 

A A A 


5V,24V 

B 

5V,24V 

B 

5V,24V 

COMMON 

11 

A 

A 

LSB 

MSB 

10 

ON/OFF 

Error 

5V=1.3k 

24V=6.2k 

1 

5V 

47k 

3.9k 

5V 

47k 

3.9k 

5V 

47k 

3.9k 

12-15,20-22 5V 

330 

16-19 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

5V,24V 

5V 

COMMON 

11 

LSB 

A A A 1 

3.9k 

47k 

5V 

i-85

OUT1 

OUT2 

MAINS supply 

EXT 1 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

EXT 2 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 



Digital 

2ch RoHS CE 

High wattage Series 

•• 

High wattage LED controller with digital intensity control 

•• 

Supports universal voltage input (100 to 240V AC) and is 

both RoHS compliant and CE marked. 


MLEK 

•• 

8-pin output connector is equipped to support high 

current lighting systems. A conversion cable is available 

for standard illumination products with 4-pin connectors. 

(See Note below) 

Model 

MLEK-A800W2LRD 

Order Code MLEK-A800W2LRD-100V MLEK-A800W2LRD-200V 


Output 

2 channel output 

(Max. 4A for each channel) 


AC100V-240V 50/60Hz 

Input Current 

1.2/ 0.6A 

(at AC100/ 240V) 

Surge Current 



Operating 

Temperature 

Output System 



Output ON/OFF 

Function 

Error Output 


Installation 

Weight 

0 to 45°C (Humidity within 80%RH by 31°C and 

linearly down to 50%RH at 40°C) 


Constant current control (variable current) 

Yes (8-bit digital for each independent channel) 


Yes (Photo-coupler insulation, control error) 

Note 

Forcible cooling by air 


Approximately 1.8kg 


The specification for this LED Controller is an 8 PIN output. 

Please use the following cable when using standard illuminations. 

The specification for the large OEM illumination is designed for 8 PIN. 

1. Common Matters and Notes 

• For active illumination a conversion cable is essential when using connectors 

other than an 8 PIN. 

• For illuminations with fans, the fan side connector (2 PIN) of the conversion 

cable must be connected. 

• To extend the cable, use the appropriate extension cable for each connector. 

4 PIN extension cable for the illumination side: M-RCB4**L 

2 PIN extension cable for the fan side: M-RCB0**L 

*Complies with CE Marking to a limit of 2m. 

* **indicates a 2 digit length. (e.g. 01=1m, 02=2m, 03=3m) 

2. M-RCB8R1LA (4 PIN) 

• The following cable is essential when connecting MLEK-A Series illumination 

with the LED controller. 

• Connect the 4 PIN connector of the illumination to the illumination side 

connector (4 PIN) of the conversion cable. 

LED controller unit 

side connector 

8PIN 

100 

illumination 

side connector 

illumination side 

fan connector 

4PIN 

2PIN 

110 

6 



55 

95 

10 200 

10 

220 



1 8-bit digital input 2° (LSB) 9 COMMON (+) 

2 8-bit digital input 2 1 10 Output ON/ OFF signal (input) 

3 8-bit digital input 2 2 11 Control error signal output 





8 8-bit digital input 2 7 (MSB) 


A A A 


5V,24V 

B 

5V,24V 

B 

A 

A 

LSB 

MSB 


5V,24V 

COMMON 

9 

ON/OFF 

10 

5V=1.3k 

24V=6.2k 

1 

8 

Error 

11 

3.9k 

3.9k 

3.9k 

330 

47k 

47k 

47k 

5V 

5V 

5V 

5V 

3. Other PIN numbers, etc. 

• Only the illumination etc. of the 3 PIN illumination connector cannot be used. 

Model 

Product Code 

M-RCB8R1LA A-2397 

i-86

MLEX-A600W1 

COARSE 

FINE 

REMO 

POWER 

MANU 

10 

5 

4 

3 

1 

25 

22 23 

19 

14 15 

MAINS supply 

LED Controller for MLNX Series 

MLEX Series 

Digi 

Ana 

1ch RoHS CE 

•• 

LED controller for long line LED illumination ranging from 840 to 

2880mm (MLNX Series) 

•• 

External digital control with 8-bit, 256 level capability 

• • Supports universal voltage input (100 to 240V AC) and is both RoHS 

compliant and CE marked. 

Model 

Order Code 

AC Type 

Output 


Input Current 

Surge Current 


Output System 



Output ON/ OFF Function 


Installation 

Weight 

MLEX-A600W1 

MLEX-A600W1-100V 

100V 


AC100 - 240V 50/60Hz 

4.3/1.8A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 



0 to 45°C (Humidity within 80%RH by 

31°C and linearly down to 50%RH at 40°C) 

DC Continuous Output 

Constant Current Control 

Yes (0-5V intensity control/ 8-bit digital) 


Forcible cooling by fan 


Approximately 4Kg 




1 

External VR Intensity Control 

Signal Input 

14 Digital Signal Input bit4 

2 

External 0-5V Intensity Control 

Signal Input 


3 External Input GND 16 Digital Signal Input bit6 

4 

External 0-5V/ 

External VR Input Switch Signal 

17 Digital Signal Input bit7(MSB) 

5 DC2.5V/ Bias Power Output 18 Overcurrent Error Signal Output (O.C.) 

6 

Illumination ON/OFF Logical 

Negation(not) Signal Input 

19 Overcurrent Error Signal Output (O.E.) 

7 External Analog/ Digital Switch Signal 20 Lighting Signal Output (O.C.) 

8 Illumination ON/ OFF Signal Input 21 Lighting Signal Output (O.E.) 

9 COMMON 22 Overheat Error Signal Output(O.C.) 

10 Digital Signal Input bit0 (LSB) 23 Overheat Error Signal Output (O.E.) 

11 Digital Signal Input bit1 24 NC 

12 Digital Signal Input bit2 25 NC 


MLNX-C 120~360-DF 

120~360mm 

MLNX-C 480~720-DF-2CH 

480~720mm 

MLNX-C 

840~2880-DF 

840~2880mm 

Connection Flow 

M-RCB4 

1~3m 

Standard Extension Cable 

M-RCB4 

1~3m 

L 

L 

Standard Extension Cable 

M-MS-A T 

3~10m 

MLEK LED Controller 

AC Input 

MLEK 2 Channel 


AC Input 

MLEK LED Controller 

AC Input 

Note 

LED controller for the MLNX-DF Series. Extension cable used exclusively with this LED controller 

Model Product Type Applications Length Product Code 

M-MS-A03T Dedicated Extension Cable MLNX-DF 3m A-2401 



193 

Relay 

MLEX-A600W1 

5V, 24V 

116 

140 

6 

213 

240 


A 

GND-LEVEL 

A 

Transistor 

GND-LEVEL 

Photo-Coupler 

Photo-Coupler 

GND-LEVEL 

GND-LEVEL 

A 

5V = 1.3k 

24V = 6.2k 

B 

SET1 : Select 0V-2.5V Or 0V-5V 

SET2 : Invert ON/OFF 

SET3 : Select Analog or Digital 

10k 

5V-24V 

0V-2.5V 

0V-5V 

GND 

2.5V 

SET1 

A 

SET2 

A 

SET3 

A 

MLEX-A600W1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

ON/OFF 

A 8 

5V-24V 

9 

bit0 

A 

bit1 

A 

10 

11 

3.9k 

3.9k 

bit2 

3.9k 

A 12 

bit3 

3.9k 

A 13 

bit4 

A 14 

3.9k 

bit5 

3.9k 

A 15 

bit6 

3.9k 

A 16 

bit7 

3.9k 

A 17 

5V, 24V 

R 

ERR. 

B 

5V, 24V 

R 

ERR. 

B 

5V, 24V 

R 

ERR. 

B 

R : 5V = 1.3k 

24V = 6.2k 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

10k 

2.5V VCC VCC 

3.9k 


7 8 9 1 12 13 

2 6 

20 21 24 

16 17 18 

VCC 

VCC 

VCC 

VCC 

LED Controllers for MLNX Series 

MLE X 

Connector 

Dedicated Extension Cable 

Note : MLNX- 

-DF white models of length 840 to 2880mm are CE compliant when used with 10m cable. 

i-87



Analog 

Digital 

1ch 

3ch RoHS CE 

LED Controllers for MCEP/MSPP Series 

MLEP Series 

Completed 

Patent 

Registration 


MLEP 

Supports up to TOTAL 0.35A for MCEP-C 



Supports up to TOTAL 0.70A for MCEP-C 



8 Series 

8-070/MSPP Series 

•• 

LED controllers exclusively for the MCEP/MSPP Series. 

Choices are analog and digital intensity controls with universal 

voltage input (100 to 240V AC) 1-channel or 3-channel type. All 

models are RoHS compliant and CE marked. 

•• 

3-channel controllers have "integrated combination control" (patent 

registered) function that enables user to control the overall light 

intensity without changing the intensity of each individual channel. 

This function proves to be very useful for color lighting applications 

which need RGB color adjustment and reproducibility. 

MLEP-A035W1LR / 1LRD 




75 

75 

55 

75 

6 

130 

150 

120 

150 

6 

130 

150 

i-88


Model MLEP-A035W1LR MLEP-A035W3LR 

Order Code MLEP-A035W1LR-100V MLEP-A035W1LR-200V MLEP-A035W3LR-100V MLEP-A035W3LR-200V 

AC Type 100V 200 100V 200V 

Output 

1 channel output max. 350 mA 


max. 350 mA for each channel 


Input Current 

Surge Current 


0.35/0.25A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 



0.35/0.25A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 







Output ON/ OFF 

Function 





Weight 0.9kg 1.4kg 

product code A-2296 A-2297 A-2298 A-2299 


*MLEP-A035 Series is for use only with MCEP-C 8 

Model MLEP-A035W1LRD MLEP-A035W3LRD 

Order Code MLEP-A035W1LRD-100V MLEP-A035W1LRD-200V MLEP-A035W3LRD-100V MLEP-A035W3LRD-200V 

AC Type 100V 200V 100V 200V 

Output 





Input Current 

Surge Current 


0.35/0.25A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 



0.35/0.25A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 





MLEP 



External Light Control Yes (8-bit digital) Yes (independent 8-bit digital for each channel) 


Function 







*MLEP-A035 Series is for use only with MCEP-C 8 


With MLEP-A035W1LR/3LR, MLEP-A070W1LR/3LR 


With MLEP-A035W1LR/3LR, MLEP-A070W1LR/3LR 


1 Output ON/ OFF signal + 9 NC 

2 Output ON/ OFF signal - 10 

External 0-5V analog intensity 

control signal input 

3 NC 11 External input GND 

A A A 

5V,24V 

ON/OFF 

1 

2 

3.9k 

47k 

5V 

4 NC 12 NC 

5 NC 13 

DC 2.5V bias LED controller 

unit output 

6 NC 14 NC 

7 NC 15 NC 


0-5V 

10 

11 

10k 

8 NC 

(Do not use.) 

13 

2.5V Ref 

i-89





MLEP 

Model MLEP-A070W1LR MLEP-A070W3LR 

Order Code MLEP-A070W1LR-100V MLEP-A070W1LR-200V MLEP-A070W3LR-100V MLEP-A070W3LR-200V 

AC Type 100V 200V 100V 200V 

Output 


Model MLEP-A070W1LRD MLEP-A070W3LRD 

Order Code MLEP-A070W1LRD-100V MLEP-A070W1LRD-200V MLEP-A070W3LRD-100V MLEP-A070W3LRD-200V 

AC Type 100V 200V 100V 200V 

Output 





Input Current 

Surge Current 



0.35/0.25A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 






Input Current 

Surge Current 


0.35/0.25A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 



0.35/0.25A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 








Function 







*MLEP-A070 Series is for use only with MCEP-C 8-070 and MSPP LED controller 

0.35 0.25A 

(At AC100/ 240V) 






External Light Control Yes (8-bit digital) Yes (independent 8-bit digital for each channel) 


Function 







*MLEP-A070 Series is for use only with MCEP-C 

8-070 and MSPP LED controller 


With MLEP-A035W1LRD/3LRD, MLEP-A070W1LRD/3LRD 


With MLEP-A035W1LRD/3LRD, MLEP-A070W1LRD/3LRD 


1 8-bit digital input 20 (LSB) 9 COMMON (+) 

2 8-bit digital input 21 10 Output ON/ Off signal (input) 

3 8-bit digital input 22 11 NC 





8 8-bit digital input 27 (MSB) 

Relay Photo-coupler Transistor 

5V,24V 

A A A 

A 

COMMON 

LSB 

MSB 

9 

1 

8 

3.9k 

3.9k 

5V 

47k 

5V 

47k 

5V 

47k 

A 

ON/OFF 

10 

3.9k 

i-90

Options for MG-Wave Series 

Options 

Options for Illumination 

•• 

The following optional accessories are available to improve the functionality of the lighting devices. 

Diffuser: MDF Series 

Attachment of the direct illumination type increases reach of the light Diffuser and reduces reflection and glare from 

the element. 

Model Product Type Compatible Light Models 

Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Product Code 

MDF-DR10 Diffuser for Direct Ring Illumination MDRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 10 ø9 A-9010 








MDF-LR25 Diffuser for Low Angle Ring Illumination MLRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 25 ø18 A-9015 




MDF-BR5015 Diffuser for Bar Illumination MBRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 5015 — A-9019 

MDF-BR7530 Diffuser for Bar Illumination MBRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 7530 — A-9020 

MDF-BR13015 Diffuser for Bar MBRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 13015 — A-9021 

MDF-DQ108 Diffuser for Square Bar Type Illumination MDQL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 108, 4 pieces per set — A-9050 


Adapter: MAD Series 

Attachment of the direct illumination type increases reach of the light diffusion plate and reduces reflection and glare 

from the element. 


MAD-DR10 Plate Attachment Adapter for Direct Ring Illumination MDRL-CR(CG,CB,CW) 10 A-9005 



MAD-DR31 Plate Attachment Adapter for Direct Ring Illumination MDRL-CR(CG,CB,CW) use with both 31/36 A-9007 




How to Use MAD Series 

Ring Illumination 

Diffuser · polarizer 

MAD Series Adapter 

(Fastened with Set 

Three Screws) 

i-91



Polarizer: MPL Series 

Attachment of the illumination system with the lens side and set reduces glare and reflection during image processing. 


Model Product Type Compatible Light Models 

Internal 

Diameter(mm) 

Product Code 

MPL-SC56 Polarizer for Simulated Coaxial Illumination MSCL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 56-B — A-9047 



MPL-DR10-B Polarizer for Direct Ring Illumination MDRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 10 ø9 A-9022 




MPL-DR35 Polarizer for Direct Ring Illumination MDRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 35 ø35 A-9063 

MPL-DR36 Polarizer for Direct Ring Illumination MDRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 36 ø36 A-9059 



MPL-BR5015-B Polarizer for Bar Illumination MBRL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 5015 — A-9027 



MPL-DQ108 Polarizer for Square Bar Type Illumination MDQL-CR(CG,CB,CW)for 108, 4 pieces per set — A-9051 

Polarizer (Analyzer): ML-PL Series 

Enhanced polarizing effect can be expected by 

using ML-PL Series second polarizer on lens side, 

in combination with MPL Series polarizer. 

Screw 

Pitch 

255 

270 

305 

Polarizer (LB: with Securing Screw) 

Model ML-PL255 ML-PL255LB 






Sample Images 

Attach polarizer to the light emitting side of the illumination area. 

Attach second polarizer(analyzer) at end of lens on light-reception side. 

When either polarizer is rotated, luminance distribution of the image is 

changed. At an arbitrary position regular reflection is cut and produces 

an image with the glare partly reduced. 

Without polarizer 

With polarizer (Sample image: A camera 

lens observed from the image side) 

Light Control Film: MLM Series 

The MLM Series are resin films that transform diffused illumination into parallel illumination. Attached to a simulated 

coaxial illumination, it makes the light distribution pattern smoother. 


MLM-SC56 Light Control Film for Simulated Coaxial Illumination MSCL-CR(CG,CB,CW) 56-B A-9040 



How to Use MLM Series 

Cross-Section of Simulated 

Coaxial Unit 

Luminous Intensity Distribution Characteristics 

(for MSCL-CR105-B) 

2D Luminance Level Graph 

2D Luminance Level Graph 

MLM 


(Mounted in groove) 

Luminous intensity distribution characteristics 

without a light control film 

Luminous intensity distribution characteristics with a 

light control film (with power source volume increased) 

i-92


Lens Options 

•• 

Use the options with MORITEX lenses. 


Lens Adapter: MLA-SC Series 

Enables small simulated coaxial illumination to be mounted at the end of CCTV lenses. 

Model Product Type Compatible Light Models Compatible Lenses Product Code 

MLA-SCBS Base for Simulated Coaxial Lens Attachment 

- A-9036 

MLA-SCM255 Adapter for Between Simulated Coaxial Illuminating Base and Lens MSCL-CR (CG,CB,CW) for M25.5P0.5 lens A-9037 

MLA-SCM270 Adapter for Between Simulated Coaxial Illuminating Base and Lens 24/39/56 

M27 P0.5 lens A-9038 

MLA-SCM305 Adapter for Between Simulated Coaxial Illuminating Base and Lens M30.5P0.5 lens A-9039 

How to Use MLA-SC Series 

CCTV Lens/CCTV 

Lenses 

Adapter for Between 

Base and Lens 

Base Unit 

Simulated 



Lens Adapters for MLA-DR Series 


Enables small ring illumination to be attached to lens tips. 

Model Product Type Compatible Light Models Compatible Lenses Product Code 

MLA-DR1616 Lens Attachment Adapter MDRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 16 Ø6 lenses A-9030 



MLA-DR28M255 Lens Attachment Adapter MDRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 28 M25.5P0.5 lenses A-9065 

MLA-DR28M270 Lens Attachment Adapter MDRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 28 M27P0.5 lenses A-9066 



MLA-DR31M270 Lens Attachment Adapter MDRL-CR (CG,CB,CW) 31 M27P0.5 lenses A-9034 


How to Use MLA-DR Series 

Lens/Lenses 

MLA-DR Series 


Sharp Cut Filer ML-R Series 

When using red illumination, attachment to the tip of the CCTV lens is effective in preventing ambient light. 

Model Product Type Compatible Lenses Product Code 

ML-R60-25 Red filter for attachment to front of lenses M25.5P0.5 lens A-8031 

ML-R60-27 Red filter for attachment to front of lenses M27 P0.5 lens A-8032 

ML-R60-30 Red filter for attachment to front of lenses M30.5P0.5 lens A-8033 

ML-R64-25 Sharp cut filter for attachment to end of lens M25.5P0.5 lens A-9055 

ML-R64-27 Sharp cut filter for attachment to end of lens M27 P0.5 lens A-9056 

ML-R64-30 Sharp cut filter for attachment to end of lens M30.5P0.5 lens A-9057 

i-93



Extension Cables 

• • Entire M-RCB Series meet robot cable requirements and 

all 1m & 2m products are CE compliant 


Model Product Type Application Length Product Code 

M-RCB401L 4-Pin Type Extension Cable 

1m A-2203 

M-RCB402L 4-Pin Type Extension Cable For all illuminations (except MCEP Series) 

2m A-2204 

M-RCB403L 4-Pin Type Extension Cable 3m A-2205 


1m A-2215 

M-RCB302L 3-Pin Type Extension Cable For MCEP Series 

2m A-2216 


M-RCB001L 2-Pin Type Extension Cable 

1m A-1027 

M-RCB002L 2-Pin Type Extension Cable For illuminations with built-in fan 

2m A-1028 



1m A-2500 

M-RCB802L 8-Pin Type Extension Cable For LED Controller MLEK-A800 Series 

2m A-2501 



M-RCB4 L *Straight Connection M-RCB3 L *Straight Connection 

4P 

4P 

3P 

(1000,2000,3000) 

(1000,2000,3000) 

1P 

1P 

1P 

M-RCB0 L *Straight Connection 

M-RCB8 L *Straight Connection 

8P 

2P 

2P 

3P 

1P 

8P 

1P 

(1000,2000,3000) 

1P 

1P 

1000,2000,3000 

1P 

External Control Cables 

Model Product Type Length Product Code 

MC-EXC-02 Cable for External Control of DSUB15P 2m A-8201 

MC-EXC-07 Cable for External Control of DSUB25P 2m A-9000 

MC-EXC-02 

MC-EXC-07 

15P 

8P 

25P 

13P 

11 

9P 

1P 

2000 

14P 

1P 

2000 

PIN No. Color PIN No. Color 

1P purple 9P brown 

2P gray 10P red 

3P white 11P black 

4P sky blue 12P orange 

5P white / red 13P yellow 

6P white / black 14P green 

7P white / green 15P blue 

8P white / yellow 

PIN No. Color PIN No. Color PIN No. Color 

1P black 11P sky blue 21P orange / white 

2P white 12P bright green 22P orange / red 

3P red 13P white / black 23P orange / green 

4P green 14P white / red 24P orange / yellow 

5P yellow 15P white / green 25P orange / blue 

6P brown 16P white / yellow - orange / purple 

7P blue 17P white / brown - sky blue / black 

8P orange 18P white / blue - sky blue / white 

9P purple 19P white / purple - sky blue / red 

10P gray 20P orange / black - sky blue / yellow 

LED Controller Options 

Model Product Type Product Code 

MC-AC200A-2.0M European Plug Type AC Cable A-2246 

MC-AC200B-2.0M JIAS Plug Type AC Cable A-2247 

LBK-001 Power Supply Unit Installation Bracket A-2340 

LBK-002 Power Supply Unit Installation Bracket A-2341 

i-94

LED Illumination Data 

MORITEX measures the distribution characteristics of lights with CCD 

cameras close to the operation condition. 

•• 

Equipment for measurement of light 

distributioncharacteristic 

Illumination Unit 

to Be Evaluated 

CCU 

Frame Grabber Board 


Standard Diffusion Plate 

•• 

The tested light is installed to face the CCD camera with a standard 

diffusion plate attached at the position of the working distance at 

which the measurement is performed. A lens that can cover the 

whole illumination pattern is attached, and the measurement 

conducted. The results are uploaded to a computer to obtain the 

data on 2D luminance level distribution and luminance level variation 

on the X and Y axes.Measurement data can also be produced using 

an illuminometer upon request. 

PC 

Model Manufacturer Model Notes 

1 CCD Camera/CCD Cameras Sony XC-ES50 

2 CCD Camera/CCD Cameras Sony XC-EI50 IR 

3 CCD Camera/CCD Cameras Sony XC-EU50 UV 

4 Camera Power Supply Sony DC-700 

5 Camera Cable Sony CCXC-12P05N 5m 

6 B&W Monitor Sony PVM-146J 14inch 

7 CCTV Lens/CCTV Lenses MORITEX Each model ranging from f6 to f100 

8 MML MORITEX Each model ranging from x0.18 to x12 

9 Diffuser Mitsubishi Rayon #441 

10 Illuminometer Minolta T-10M 

*Each of the MORITEX lenses can be evaluated. Please inquire. 

LED Illumination Data 

MORITEX obtains the temperature characteristics data in the following manner. 

Illumination Unit 

to Be Evaluated 

•• 

Constant temperature bath and other testing instruments 

Constant 

Temperature 

Oven 

Data Logger 

Illuminometer 

•• 

The tested light equipped is installed in the constanttemperature 

bath with a thermocouple and the 

illuminometer are. The data is uploaded & imported to 

a computer to determine the variation in the heat and 

the light intensity over time. 

Product Name Manufacturer 

1 Thermocouple General-Purpose Model 

2 Data Logger keyence 

3 Power Supply Kenwood 

4 Constant Temperature Oven Tabai Espec 

LED Spectral Characteristics 

•• 

The diagrams below illustrate the spectral characteristics of major LEDs used in the MG-Wave Series. 

•• 

We can also manufacture other lighting devices with different wavelengths. Please feel free to contact us. 


• Ultraviolet Ta=25ºC • White Ta=25ºC • Blue/ Green Ta=25ºC • Red 

Ta=25ºC • Infrared 

IF=20mA 

IF=20mA 

IF=20mA 

IF=20mA 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

300 

350 400 450 500 550 600 



80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

400 450 500 550 600 650 700 



80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

400 450 500 550 600 650 



80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

550 600 650 700 750 



80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

Ta=25ºC 

IF=50mA 

800 850 900 


i-95


LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB Series 


LL S2 / MHA A and MHAB Series 

The MHAA / AB series Halogen light sources are compact with a robust design. These light 

sources are suitable for mounting. The complete product range includes: 100W, 150W 

and 100W NIR (1127nm). The light source can be controlled manually and through 

external controls, including 0-5 V analog control and parallel 8-bit digital control. 

In addition, we offer the LLS2, a low-power consumption, long-life LED light source using 

the latest in high brightness LED technology. 

These light sources can be used with fiber light guides that require less space and allow 

you to select from a huge range of lighting shapes and configurations. 

Advantages of Fiber Optic Light Guides: 

Compact Illuminating Unit Size 

Highest Intensity Output 

Uniform Light 

All Visible Wavelengths and IR When Required 

Directional Light Control 

External Heat and Noise From Illuminated Area 


MHAA / AB 

MHAB-IR 


LLS2 


MRG/P 


MSG/P 


MWG/P 


M#G# 


MPP 


MKG/P 


MFKG/P 




LLS 

Nosepiece 

adapter 

i-96


LL S2 / MHA A and MHAB Series 

Light Sources and Available Light Guides 

Plastic 

Light Guide 

Light Source Fiber Bundle Diameter 

(Light Source Side) 

6 Dia. or 

Below 6 Dia. 

More 

MHAA-100W *3 KA-03 *3 

MHAB-100W-IR 

Compound Glass 

Standard 

Heat 

Resistant 

Other Options 

Internal Filter (*1) 

MHAB-150W *2 

LLS2 *4 KA-03 *4 - 

*1 The characteristics may be changed by deterioration under the operating environment. 

*2 Deterioration may be caused by use at high output. 

*3 This is when the product is used at the environmental temperature of 40˚C or less. 

*4 This is when the product is used at the environmental temperature of 35˚C or less. 

CE 

RoHS 

Digi 

Ana 

50 

W 

100 

W 

150 

W 

W 

CE Marking 


Digital & Analog Intensity Control 

Wattage 

Wattage 

Wattage 

LED Color 

i-97

Fiber Optic Light Sources 

and Light Guides LLS 2 

NEW 

W 

Digi 

Ana 

RoHS 

CE 

LLS 2 - LED Light Source 

Long-life operation, low-power 

consumption, and high performance 

LED light source for fiber optic 

coupling. 


LL S2 

The movement from Halogen lamp to 

LED can be simple and easy with the 

LLS2 since its external control pin 

assignment is identical to the 

MORITEX halogen light sources. 

•• 

Low power consumption design 

•• 

Compatible with all MORITEX fiber optic light guides, including plastic 

•• 

MHAA/AB halogen light source compatible external analog and digital 

controls supported 

•• 

For use with light guides up to 13mm (4-10mm active diameter 

recommended) 

•• 

RoHS compliant and CE marked 

Optional Parts 

AC Cable 

MC-AC100B-2.0M 

Model 

LLS2 

LED Color 

White 


100-200V AC (50/60Hz) 

Cooling Method 

Forced air cooling 


AC100-120V/200-240V (50/60Hz) 

LED Life 50,000hours (*1) 

Light Intensity 175klx (*2) 

Color Temperature 

5500K 

External Control 

Analog input: 0-5V Digital input: 8bit 

Weight 

2.1kg 

Security Function 

Error signals: Off-temperature output and overcurrent 

Operating Temperature -10 to +45°C (humidity 20 to 90%) 

Storage Temperature -40 to +80°C (humidity 10 to 95%) 


*1 Lumen maintenance factor 70% 

*2 Measured with a 1,100mm/8mmØ light guide at 50mm distance 

i-98


A 

256 

Unit:mm 

127 

122 

116 

 

 

50 

20 

16 

195 

Rear View 

86 

242 

Front View 

Side View 




100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

300 350 400 450 500 550 600 

[ nm ] 

650 700 750 800 850 900 

MHAA-100W 

LLS2 

[ W ] 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

34.5 

LLS2 

144 

MHAA-100W 

LL S2 

LG used for testing: MSG4-1100S 

LG used for testing: MSG4-1100S 

Illuminance of LLS 2 and 

Halogen Light Source at 50mm distance 

Angular Light Distribution with 

10 mm Light Guide 

200 

100% 

LLS 2 

MHAA-100W 

MHAA 100W 

LLS 2 

80% 

Illuminance(klx) 

100 

Intensity 

60% 

40% 

20% 

0 

4mm 6mm 8mm 10mm 13mm 

Active fiber diameter 

0% 

-60° -40° -20° 0° 20° 40° 60° 

Angle 

i-99


and Light Guides 

MHAA MHAB Series 


100 

W 

RoHS 

CE 

MHAA-100W Series 


MHA A 

The 100W Halogen Light Source is the standard model in the Halogen Light Source Series 

because it exhibits excellent performance in all aspects. 

•• 

Worldwide power supply specifications 

(100/200V switch type) 

•• 

Compliance with CE Marking safety standards 

•• 

Environmentally friendly and in compliance with the RoHS Directive 

Model 

MHAA-100W 

Order Code MHAA-100W-100V MHAA-100W-200V 


Setting At Shipping 

Input Voltage Selector: At 115 With 

2.0-Meter AC Cable MC-AC 100A 

Input Voltage Selector: At 230 With 

2.0-Meter AC Cable MC-AC 200A 


AC100-120V/200-240V (50/60Hz) 

Input Voltage Switch* 1 Input At AC100: Setting At 115 Input At AC200: Setting At 230 

Input Current (Typ) 

2.4A (At AC 100V Input) 1.2A(At AC 200V Input) 

Compatible Lamp* 2 

LM-100 (12.0V,100W) 

Lamp Voltage 

DC11.7V ±0.2V (Max.) 

Average of Lamp Life Time* 3 

1,000 Hours Nominal 

Average Illuminance* 4 

Approximately 30,000 Lx 

Color Temperature 3,100K 

Installation 

Rubber legs placed on a flat surface 

Weight 


Lamp Overcurrent Detection Function: Monitor output, cut off lamp power, LED 

Protection Function 

(RED) on front panel ON 

Lamp Burn-out Detection Function: Monitor output, LED (RED) on front panel ON 

Internal High Temperature Detecting Function: Monitor output, cut off lamp power 


and Humidity 

0ºC to 45ºC :Linear Decrease Down to 80%RH at 31ºC and 50%RH at 40ºC 

Safety Standard* 5 EN61010:2001 EN61000-6-2:2001/EN55011:1998,A1:1999, A2:2002 



*1 When the switch is set at 115V, do not apply AC 200V. 

Doing so may damage the power supply. 

When the input voltage selector is set at 230V, the device does not run on AC 100V. 

*2 Only compatible lamps can be used. 

*3 Many lamps are powered on at rated current and the time measurements until their filaments blow are 

normally distributed. The average time from the peak time until the survival ratio of 50% is called the 

average life time. 

*4 The average luminance is at 50mm from the fiber output at maximum volume when a MORITEX 

standard light guide (MSG4-2200S) is attached. 

*5 This is only when the voltage is -200V. 

Note: May be unable to use with plastic fibers. 


Cable with External Remote 

Connector 

External Remote Connector 

Replacement lamp 

Special Power Supply Unit Specifications 

(AC100V Type) 

118 

9 

81.5 

12 

Order code 

MHAA-100W-SO-100V 

MHAA-100W-SC-100V 

MHAA-100W-D-100V 

MHAA-100W-D-SO-100V 

MHAA-100W-D-SC-100V 

MHAA-100W 

29 

Remarks 

MC-EXC-02 

D-SUB15S 

LM-100 

Bult-in Shutter 

(Normally Open) 

Bult-in Shutter 


With External 8-Bit 

Digital Dimmer 

With External Digital 

Dimmer 

and Built-In Shutter 



Dimmer 

and Built-In Shutter 


Product 

Code 

A-0512 

A-0511 

A-0513 

A-0515 

A-0514 


22 

195 

50 

11.5 

74 14 

244 

27 

i-100


150 

W 

RoHS 

CE 

MHAB-150W Series 

150W Halogen Light Source of dual wattage, designed for 150W but also available for 

100W if a 100W lamp is attached. The intensity is the most powerful among the 

Halogen Light Source Series. 

•• 

High illuminance model max 80,000 Lux 

(2.6 times a 100W light source) 

•• 

100W/150W Dual Wattage Lamp 

•• 

Environmentally friendly and in compliance with the RoHS Directive 

•• 

Worldwide power supply specifications 

Model 

MHAB-150W 

Order Code MHAB-150W-100V MHAB-150W-200V 



With 2.0-Meter AC Cable MC-AC 

100A 

With 2.0-Meter AC Cable MC-AC 

200A 

Input voltage 

AC100V-240V (50Hz/60Hz) 


LM-150 LM-150C LM-100 


DC 14.7V±0.2V (Max.) (LM-150 LM-150C) DC 11.7V±0.2V (Max.) (LM-100.) 

50 Hours (LM-150), 500 Hours (LM-150C), and 1,000 Hours (LM-100) 

Average Lamp Life* 2 

Nominal 

Average Illuminance* 3 Approx. 80,000 Lx (LM-150), 45,000 Lx (LM-150C), and 30,000 Lx (LM-100) 


3400K (LM-150) 3200K (LM-150C) 3100K (LM-100) 

Installation Method 


Weight 



and Humidity 

0ºC to 45ºC:Linear Decrease Down to 80%RH At 31ºC and 50%RH At 40ºC 

Lamp Overcurrent Detection Function: Monitor output, cut off lamp power, 

Protection Function 

LED (RED) on front panel ON 

Lamp Burn-out Detection Function: Monitor output, LED (RED) on front panel ON 

Internal High Temperature Detecting Function: Monitor output, cut off lamp power 

Safety Standard* 4 EN61010:2001 EN61000-6-2:2001/EN55011:1998, A1:1999, A2:2002 



*1 Only compatible lamps can be used. 

*2 Many lamps are powered on at rated current and the time measurements until their filaments blow 

are normally distributed. The average time from the peak time until the survival ratio of 50% is 

called the average life time. 

*3 The average luminance is at 50mm from the fiber output at maximum volume when a MORITEX 

standard light guide (MSG4-2200S) is attached. 

*4 This is only when the voltage is -200V. 

Note: May be unable to use with plastic fibers. 


Cable with External Remote 

Connector 

External Remote Connector 

Replacement lamp 

Special Power Supply Unit Specifications 

(AC100V Type) 

Order code 

MHAB-150W-D-100V 

MHAB-150W 

6.5 

Remarks 


Dimmer 

227 15 

257 

14 

MC-EXC-02 

D-SUB15S 

LM-100, LM-150, 

LM-150C 

110 

9 

Product 

Code 

A-0522 

97 11.5 

120 


MHAB 

i-101




Infrared 100W Halogen Light Source 

MHAB-100W-IR 

100 

W 

RoHS 

CE 

Completed 

Patent 

Registration 

Infrared 100W Halogen Light Source MHAB - IR 

•• 

Irradiation of silicon transmission wavelength (1127nm or more) 

•• 

Radiation mechanism due to unique technology 

Model 

MHAB-100W-IR 

Order Code MHAB-100W-IR-100V MHAB-100W-IR-200V 

AC Voltage 100V 200V 





Average Of Lamp Life 

Time* 2 

Installation 

Weight 

Intensity Control 

AC cable: With 

MC-AC100A-2.0M 

AC100V-240V(50Hz/60Hz) 

LM-100-IR(12.0V/100W) 

DC 10.7± 0.2V(Max.) 

1,000 Hours Nominal 

AC cable: With 

MC-AC200A-2.0M 

Rubber Legs Placed on Flat Surface 

Approximately 3.2Kg 

Manual intensity control/ External volume intensity 

control/ External analog intensity control 

External Dimensions W120 ×H110 ×D257mm* 3 


Example Application 


Relative Sensitivity 


100% 

90% 

80% 

70% 

60% 

50% 

NIR Camera 

Infrared light Source 

Si Wafer 

40% 

30% 

20% 

10% 

0% 

400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 


*1 Example application 

*2 Many lamps are powered on at rated current and the time measurements 

until their filaments blow are normally distributed. The average time from 

the peak time until the survival ratio of 50% is called the average life time. 

*3 Projections are not included. 

Accessories for IR Systems 

Wafer Pick-Up 

Chip Bonding 

Bonding Inspection 

Replacement Lamp 

Model 

LM-100-IR 

Vacuum Nozzle 

Specification IR Reflection Coating for 100W 


Solder Bump 

Si Wafer 

Printed 

Circuit 

Alignment Mark 

IR Coaxial Penetration Observation 

Surface Observation 

Ic Chip 

Solder Bump 

Interposer 

Alignment Mark 

OK 

NG 

IC Chip 

NG 

Interposer 

Solder Bump 

Si Wafer IR Penetration Observation Si Wafer 

Printed Circuit 

Pattern 

Printed Circuit 

Pattern 

Lens Series for IR System 

Model 

Specification 

MML4- 

80D-IR 

MML6- 

80D-IR 

For IR x4x6x8 

Heat Resistance Light Guide 

MML8- 

80D-IR 

Product Code A-0235 A-0236 A-0237 

Model 

Specification 

MSG4-1100S-HR 

Heat Resistant 


Note: Only heat-resistant light guides can be used. 

i-102

RS-485 Communication Unit 

MCGA-204D 

RoHS 

CE 

Light controller for the batch control of 

MORITEX standard light sources and power 

supplies by RS-485 communication 

•• 

Single unit for controlling 1 channel or 2 channels 

•• 

Batch control of up to 16 channels by unit connection 

•• 

Standard light sources and power supplies connectable 

(Some older models not supported) 

General Configuration 

CH2 

CH1 

CH2 

Light Controller 

AC Adapter 

AC ADAPTOR 

TERMINAL RS485 CH2/IF CH1/IF 

Model Model Product Code 

MCGA-204D RS-485 Communication Unit A-1600 

MCBB-24W-100V ACadapters(100V ) A-1601 

MC-EXC-08 Signal Cable L=500mm A-8230 

MU-EXC-01 Communication Cable L=10m A-9004 

MU-CON-01 Link Connector (2pcs) A-1602 


CH1 

Up to 16 


Devices 

CH2 

CH1 

Signal 

Cable 

L=500mm 

Example of Application 

Link Connector 

Signal 

Cable 

(100m Max.) 

Host 

RS-485 

Serial Communication Board 

Communication Specifications 

Communication Interface 

RS-485 

Communication System Asynchronous, Simplex 

Transmission Speed 115.2 (19.2−115.2) Kbps 

Capable of connecting to MORITEX standard 

light sources and power supplies 

MCGA 

Halogen light source and LED power 

supply control by RS-485 communication 

Batch control of production processes 

by RS-485 communication 

MHF-V501 Series 

MHAA-100W Series 


LLS2 

H o s t 

LED Power Supply 

H o s t 

MHAB-150W Series 

MHAB-100W-IR 


MLEK Series 1ch, 2ch 


MCGA units shall be necessary for MLEP Series (3-channels). 


External Control By 8-Bit Digital 

8 or More Ports Necessary 

One RS-485 Port Enough 

on Control Side 

External Control By Analog (DC 0V-5V) 

Limited Cable Extension 

Due to Noise 

Extension Up to Up 

to Maximum 100m 

Host 

RS-485 

Host 

Host 

RS-485 

Host 

8Bit 8 or More Ports 8Bit 

0~5V 0~5V 100m 

Max 

Control Of Multiple Light Sources and Power Supplies 

Difficult to Route Many Cables 

One Cable Enough 

Host 

Host 

RS-485 

i-103




Options 

Option Attachment Drawing for Halogen Light Sources 

Replacement Lamp 

·LM-100 (100W) 

·LM-150 (150W) 

·LM-150C (150W Long Life Type) 

Cable with External Remote Connector 

·MC-EXC-02 (L=2m) 

Options 

(Shipping Options) 

Large Diameter Light Guide Ferrule 

Light Source 

For MHAA-100W 

For MHAB-150W 

Light Source Fixture 

·MHF-PT002 

Use Together with 

MHAA-100W and 

MHAB-150W 

Power Supply Internal Shutter 

* Not sold separately 

* Special configurations and power 

source internal shutters exist for the 

100W Light Sources 

(Shipping Options) 

Built-in Color Filter for Light Source 

·MLF-40R 

·MLF-40G 

·MLF-40Y 

·MLF-40B-390 

·MLF-40B-440 

·MLF-40B-460 

For light source compatibility, specifications and product codes of the options, see corresponding pages. 

i-104

Light Source Equipment Options 

Light Source Internal Shutter 

Product (optional at time of shipping) 

Made-to-order 

•• 

Internal type means that installation space 

is not necessary. 

•• 

Achieves of a long life time that averages 

the shutter being opened and closed 50 

million times 

•• 

Independent OPEN and CLOSE is possible 

regardless of modulation function. 

•• 

Either opening or closing for the shutter 

can be chosen when voltage is 

superimposed. 

* Not sold separately as an individual item. 

* For each of the 50W, 100W, and 150W light sources 

there are customized specification models each with 

an built-in power supply. 

Light Source Internal Color Filter 

Shutter ON/ OFF Specifications 

(for 50W, 100W Light Sources) 

Normally Open Type (-SC Type) 

Shutter Signal (DC0V) 

Normally Closed Type (-SO Type) 


Made-to-order 

21mS 


21mS 

4mS 


Light Output Intensity 

4mS 

Light Output Intensity 

25mS 

25mS 

5mS 


5mS 


Specifications 

•• 

Operation input voltage: DC 24V 0.32A 

•• 

Shutter response speed 

Normally 

Open 

Normally 

Closed 

Closed 

Open 

Open 

Closed 

50W, 100W 150W 

25mS 

30mS 

33mS 

25mS 

30mS 

* Response speed for a fiber with a diameter of 4mm 

when no protective diode exists. 

•• 

Average life time for opening and closing of the 

shutter is approximately 50 million times (average for 

tests performed by MORITEX). 

* The OPEN and CLOSE speed of the shutter may vary 

slightly depending on the capabilities of the power 

supply being used. 

(Attachment of the model number for ordering) 

(Example) When a normal open shutter is attached to 

MHAA-100W-100V: MHAA-100W-SO-100V. 

Filters 

ø24 

Model 

MLF-40R MLF-40G MLF-40Y MLF-40B-390 MLF-40B-440 MLF-40B-460 

Color Red Green Yellow Bluish purple Blue Light blue 

Peak Wavelength (nm) 600 533 480 390 440 460 

Product Code A-8247 A-8248 A-8249 A-8250 A-8251 A-8252 

Light Source Fixture 

MHF-PT002 

(4 pcs./set) 

(17.5) 

* Attach the filter to the light guide retainer inside the light source as if to cover it. 

* This filter cannot be used together with a built-in shutter. 

Options 

Model 

MHF-PT002 


*Contact MORITEX about the mounting dimensions. 

Cable with External Remote Connector / External Remote Connector 

Model MC-EXC-02 D-SUB15S 


Halogen Lamp Series : Dedicated High, Highly reliable Halogen Lamp Series 

LM-100 LM-150 LM-150C 

Power Consumption 100W 150W 150W 

Lamp Voltage DC11.7V DC14.7V DC14.7V 

Lamp Current 8.4A 10A 10A 

Average Lamp Life *1 1,000hrs Nominal 50hrs Nominal 500hrs Nominal 

Average Illuminance *2 Approx. 30,000 Approx. 80,000 Approx. 45,000 

Color Temperature 3,100°K 3,400°K 3,200°K 

Product Code A-8213 A-8220 A-8221 

*1 Many lamps are powered on at rated current and the time measurements until their filaments blow are normally 

distributed. The average time from the peak illumination until the survival ratio of 50% is called the average life time. 

*2 The average illuminance is measured at 50mm from the fiber end at maximum intensity when a MORITEX standard 

light guide (MSG4-2200S) is attached. 

i-105




For Use with MHAA-100W / MHAB-150W / LLS2 

External Analog Control Connection Specifications 

External VR Input 

External Analog Input (DC0-5V) 

GND 

External Analog Input/ External VR Input Switch 

For External VR Bias Power Supply Output (DC2.5V) 

NC 

NC 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Lamp ON/OFF Input (DC 5-24V) 

Lamp ON/OFF Input (GND) 

Lamp Overcurrent Monitor Output×6 (O.C.) 

Lamp Overcurrent Monitor Output×6 (O.E.) 

Lamp Failure Output×6 (O.C.) 

Lamp Failure Output×6 (O.E.) 

Monitor Output for Over Heat×6 (O.C.) 

Monitor Output for Over Heat×6 (O.E.) 

Lamp ON/OFF Input 

Lamp Overcurrent Monitor Output 

Lamp Off Monitor Output 

Monitor Output for Over Heat 

0-2.5V 

External Analog Input 

DC 0V~5V 

ExternalVR 

10k 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Internal 

Voltage 

+V 

Light 

Source 

Front VR 

Front 

MANU / REMO 

External 8-Bit Digital Control Connection Specifications 

External Analog Control Connection Specifications 

Digital Common (DC 5-24V) 



9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

1 

LSB 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

MSB 

8-Bit Digital Input, 

Active-low 

How to Use Connection Specifications and Switch Modes 

bit 0 

1 

Digital Control Truth Table 

LAMP 

ON/OFF 

LAMP 

Monitor 

BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 LAMP Output 

0 0 × × × × × × × × OFF 

1 1 × × × × × × × × Lamp Burn-Out 

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ON (Min.) 

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 ON 

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 ON 

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 ON 

Options 

8bit Digital Input 

bit 7 

COMMON (CD5V - DC24V) 



Overcurrent Monitor Output 

Monitor Output for Over Heat 

NC 

NC 

2 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

+V 

Front VR 

Front 

MANU / REMO 

1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 ON 

1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 ON 

1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ON (Max.) 

Note: X ON/ OFF Can Be Selected 0 Low 1 High 

*LLS2 is equipped with 8bit modulation and “On/Off” logic pins, and capable of logic inversion. 

Light 

Source 

Signal Output Detection Circuit Connection Example 

Signal Input Circuit Connection Example 

(Lamp ON/OFF Signal) 

External Power Supply Vin 

5V, 24V 

A switch and Relay Can Be 

Used Instead of a Transistor 

Open Collector Input 

External Power Supply GND 

Operation 

ON OFF 

OFF Lamp on 

With Transistor and Switch 

External Connection Side 

Transistor Photo 

Coupler, Etc. ON or OFF 

Light Source Side 

* The relationship between external resistance and current is as follows: 

Use a resistor of 1/4W power rating or greater capacity 

Vin 

DC5V 

DC24V 

Current 

Approximately 1~2mA 

Approximately 6~12mA 

1 

2 

Signal Output Detection Circuit Connection Example 

(Lamp Burn-Out Detection Function Signal) 


When Received with a Relay 5V, 24V 



When Received with a Photocoupler 5V, 24V 


i 


*When Signal Is Outputting At i = 1mA Approximately 0.2v Between Pins No.5 and 6 

At i = 5mA Approximately 1v Between Pins No.5 and 6 

Signal 

Lamp Normal 

Lamp Burn-Out 

R 

R 

Between Pins No.5 and 6 

Not Conducted 

Conducted 

Current 

Off 

On 



5 

Open Collector 

6 

Open Emitter 

* The relationship between external resistance and current is as follows: 

Use a resistor of 1/4W power rating or greater capacity 

Vin 

DC5V 

DC24V 

* The resistance and current values differ depending on parts used. Check all values well before use. 

i 


5 

Open Collector 

6 

Open Emitter 

R( ) 

1~3.3k 

4.7~22k 

Current I (mA) 

Approx. 1to 4 

Approx. 1to 5 

i-106

i-107

+75 

+75 

+75 




Light Guides 



MRG/ P 

•• 

Illumination from 360˚ produces uniform light 

These light guides are optimum for CCD camera 

and microscope inspections. 

Model Product Code 

MRP12-1500V A-0600 

MRP16-1500V A-0601 

MRP18-1500V A-0617 

MRP25-1500V A-0618 

MRP30-1500V A-0619 

MRG25-1500S A-0602 

MRG31-1000S A-0603 

MRG31-1500S A-0604 

MRP31-1000S A-0605 

MRP35-1500S A-0606 


MRG40-1500S A-0607 

MRG48-1000S A-0608 

MRG48-1500S A-0609 

MRG53-1000S A-0610 

MRG53-1500S A-0611 

MRG61-1000S A-0612 

MRG61-1500S A-0613 

MRG75-1000S A-0614 

MRG75-1500S A-0615 


MR 

Internal 

Diameter 

Fiber Type Tube Material Special Function 

G Glass 

P Plastic 

Length 

S SUS Flexible Tube 

V SUS Flexible + PVC Tube 

HR 

Heat Resistant End 

300°C *Glass Type Only 

MRP12-1500V 

3-M2 

1.5 

ø0.25 Sheet 

PCD 13.25 

ø10 

33 

ø12 

10 

13 

16 

+0.1 

+0.02 

ø8 

1500 

+75 

0 30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø3.6 

Bundle Diameter 

*MML Small Ring Light Guide for MML 

(12ø Type) Only 

MRP16-1500V 

Minimum Bend R=30 Minimum Bend R=30 

3-M2 

1.5 

ø0.25 Sheet 

PCD 17.25 

40 

ø12 

ø16 +0.1 

+0.02 

20 

15 12 

1500 

0 

ø10 

30 

37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø4.1 




1.5 

R13 

MRP18-1500V 

ø10 

ø12 

15 12 

PCD19.25 

1500 30 37 

ø10 

ø15 

ø25 

ø4.1 


MRP25-1500V 


+0.1 

0 

18 

27 

40 

26 

0 


1.5 

R17 

ø10 

ø12 

1512 

PCD27.25 

1500 30 37 

ø10 

ø15 

ø25 

ø5.6 



+0.1 

0 

25 

33 

50 

34 

0 



i-108

MRP30-1500V 

Minimum Bend R=40 

L=1500 

20 

2 

2 

ø30 +0.1 

0 

ø33.2 

ø37 

ø45 

22 

15 

18.5 

ø15 

30 

1.5 +50 

0 

1000 

/ 1500 

+75 

0 

30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8.05 


Use Quartz Adapter (KA-03) When Using 

A 100w Light Source. 

MRG31-1000S/1500S/MRP31-1000S 


MRG25-1500S 


4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD45 ± 0.1 

3-M3 In 3 Equal Intervals ø25 

10° 

ø35 Fiber Central Diameter 

M41×0.5 

0 

ø60 -0.1 

(25) 

23 

2 

(2) 

MRP35-1500S 


ø18 

ø15.7 

22 

1500 

+75 

0 

30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8.05 


4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD45 ± 0.1 


(25) 

23 

2 

(2) 

10° 

+0.05 

0 

ø18 

22 

ø15.7 

MRG40-1500S 


4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD60 ± 0.1 

1000 


M41×0.5 

0 

ø60 -0.1 

ø18 

ø15.7 

+50 

0 

30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8.05 


*MRP31-1000S: Bundle Diameter Ø8.7 

*Use Quartz Adaptor KA-03 When Using 

MRP31-1000S and 100W Light Source 

(22) 

20 

2 

ø35 

10° 

ø42 

ø50 

+ 0.1 

0 

*Use Quartz Adaptor KA-03 When Using 100w Light Source 

MRG48-1000S/1500S 


4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD60 ± 0.1 

18 

ø15.7 

18 

15 

2 

ø18 

ø15.7 

26 

1500 

+ 75 

0 

30 

37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø9.1 



3-M3 In 3 Equal Intervals 

ø40 

(25) 

23 

2 

(2) 

15° 

+ 0.5 

0 

22 


M60×0.5 

0 

ø75 -0.1 

1500 

+75 

0 

30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8.05 



(25) 

23 

2 

(2) 

15° 

+ 

0.05 

0 

22 


M60×0.5 

0 

ø75 -0.1 

1000 

+50 

0 

30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8.05 


MRG/ P 

MRG53-1000S/1500S 


4-M3 Depth 4 

PCD65 ±0.1 


+ 0.05 

0 

ø18 

22 

ø15.7 

1000 

+50 

0 

/ 1500 

+75 

0 

30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8.05 


MRG61-1000S/1500S 


2-M3 Depth 4 

PCD76 ±0.1 


+ 0.1 

0 

ø18 

22 

ø15.7 

1000 

/ 1500 

+50 

+75 

0 0 

30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø10.3 


(25) 

23 

(2) 2 

15° 


M64×0.5 

0 

ø80 -0.1 

(25) 

23 

(2) 2 

15º 


M71×0.5 

0 

ø90 -0.1 

MRG75-1000S/1500S 


2-M3 Depth 4 

PCD85 ±0.1 

ø18 

ø15.7 

3-M3 In 3 Equal Intervals 

+ 0.1 

0 

(2) 

(25) 

23 

2 

15° 

ø75 

+0.1 

0 

M76 0.5 

ø77.5 Fiber Central Diameter 

M85×0.5 

0 

ø110 -0.1 

5 

22 

1000 /1500 

+50 

+75 

0 0 

30 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø10.3 


i-109






MSG/ P 

•• 

In addition to our standard straight type light 

guides, many different options are available such 

as random assembly, heat resistant, and small 

diameter types. 

•• 

These light guides are ideal for spot and coaxial 

illumination.Select a product to suit the 

application. 

Model 

Product Code 

MSG3-1100S-SD A-0622 

MSG4-500R A-0623 

MSG4-1100S A-0624 

MSP4-1100S A-0625 

MSG4-2200S A-0626 

MSG4-1100S-RM A-0627 

MSG4-2200S-RM A-0628 

MSG6-1100S A-0629 

Model 

Product Code 

MSG6-2200S A-0630 

MSG6-1100S-RM A-0631 

MSG6-2200S-RM A-0632 

MSG8-1100S A-0633 

MSG8-2200S A-0634 

MSG10-1100S A-0635 

MSG10-2200S A-0636 


MS 

Fiber Type Bundle Tube Material Special Function 

Diameter 

G Glass 

P Plastic 

3 ø3 

4 ø4 

6 ø6 

8 ø8 

10 ø10 

Length 

R Interlocking Tube 


V SUS Flexible 

+ PVC Tube 

HR 

SD 

RM 


End 300°C 

*Glass Type Only 

Small Diameter Type 

Random Assembly 

MSG3-1100S-SD 


MSG4-500R (Interlocking Type) 


MSG4-1100S/2200S/MSP4-1100S 

MSG4-1100S-RM/MSG6-2200S-RM 

MSG6-1100S/2200S 

MSG6-1100S-RM/2200S-RM 

MSG8-1100S/2200S 


MSG10-1100S-SD/2200S 

ø20 

ø14 

ø15 

ø25 

-0.02 

-0.10 

-0.02 

-0.10 

ø16 

ø14 

ø8 

ø15 

ø25 

ø14 

ø8 

ø15 

ø25 

ø10 

ø10 

ø8 

ø5 

ø15 

ø25 

ø7 

30 15 

1100 

+50 

0 

30 

37 

ø3 


12 28 

+50 

1100 /2200 

+100 

0 0 

30 

37 

ø4 


12 28 

+50 

1100 /2200 

+100 

0 0 

30 

37 

ø6 


ø20 

ø14 

ø15 

ø25 

-0.02 

-0.10 

-0.02 

-0.10 

ø16 

ø14 

ø8 

ø15 

ø25 

ø12.5 

12 28 

500 +30 

0 

30 

37 

ø4 





40 

20 

+50 

1100 0 /2200 

+100 

0 

30 

37 

ø8 


40 

20 

+50 

1100 0 /2200 

+100 

0 

30 

37 

ø10 


i-110

+50 

0 


•• 

Use these light guides for applications where 

lighting from two directions is needed, for 

example when using a microscope or CCD 

camera, or for pattern recognition. Coatings and 

tube materials can be selected to suit the 

purpose. Interlock type tube material allows for 

any necessary bending and for fixing in position 

SUS flexible ("goose neck") type tube material 

allows you to move the light guide around freely 

in a small space. 

Model 

Product Code 

MWG-500R A-0647 

MWG-L-650R A-0648 

MWG-1000S A-0649 

MWG-2000S A-0650 

MWG-1000V A-0651 

MWG-500R (Interlocking Type) 


ø14 

ø8 

ø4 12 28 


ø12.5 

500 +20 

0 

Model 

Product Code 

MWP-1000V A-0652 

MWG-1000SR A-0653 

MWG7-1000S A-0654 

MWG-1000S-SD A-0655 

48 37 

ø15 

ø32 

ø5.7 


Random 


MW 

Length 

Fiber Type Tube Material Special Function 


G Glass R Interlocking Tube HR 

End 300°C 

P Plastic 

*Glass Type Only 


SD Small Diameter Type 

V SUS Flexible + PVC Tube 

L L-shape Type 

SR SUS Flexible + Interlock 


MWG/ P 

MWG-L-650R (Interlocking Type) 


MWG-1000S/2000S 


ø4 

ø14 

ø8 


ø13 

20 

ø38 

ø15 

12 28 510±20 48 37 

ø5.7 Bundle 

Diameter 

Random 

ø17 

ø14 

ø8 

ø4 


12 28 

ø10 

+50 

+100 

1000 0 /2000 0 

48 37 

ø15 

ø32 

ø5.7 


Random 

MWG-1000V/MWP-1000V 


MWG-1000SR 

Minimum Bend R =120, =30 

1 Interlocking Tube 

2 Flexible Tube 

ø14 

ø8 

ø4 


12 28 

ø10 

1000 +50 

0 

48 37 

ø15 

ø32 

ø5.7 


Random 

ø4 

Bundle 

Diameter 

ø14 

ø8 

ø12.5 

ø15 

ø10 

12 28 385 30 

1000 

48 37 

ø15 

ø32 

ø5.7 

Bundle 

Diameter 

Random 

MWG7-1000S 


MWG-1000S-SD 


ø7 

Bundle 

Diameter 

ø14 

ø20 

40 20 

ø13 

1000 

+50 

0 

48 37 

ø15 

ø32 

ø10 

Bundle 

Diameter 

Random 

ø5 

ø3 


ø8 

30 15 

ø7 

1000 +50 0 

48 37 

ø15 

ø32 

ø4.25 


Random 

i-111






•• 

A 3 to 4 multifurcated light guide can be used 

when it is necessary to illuminate an object from 

many different angles, for example in the case of 

IC pin inspection. 


M G Length S 

M # G # 


M3G4-1000S A-0663 

M3G4-2000S A-0664 

M4G4-1000S A-0665 

M4G4-2000S A-0666 


M3G3-1000S-SD A-0667 

M3G3-2000S-SD A-0668 

M4G3-1000S-SD A-0669 

M4G3-2000S-SD A-0670 

Number of 

Branches 

3 3-Branch 

4 4-Branch 

Bundle 

Diameter 

3 ø3 

4 ø4 

Special Function 

SD Small Diameter 

Type 

M3G4-1000S/2000S 


M4G4-1000S/2000S 

ø15 

ø32 

ø15 

ø32 

ø14 

ø8 

ø4 

Bundle 

Diameter 

12 28 

ø10 

+50 

+100 

1000 0 /2000 0 

48 37 

ø6.9 


Random 

ø14 

ø8 

ø4 

Bundle 

Diameter 

12 28 

ø10 

1000 /2000 

+50 

+100 

0 0 

48 37 

ø8 


Random 

M3G3-1000S-SD/2000S-SD 


M4G3-1000S-SD/2000S-SD 

ø5 

ø3 

Bundle 

Diameter 

ø8 

30 15 

ø7 

1000 /2000 

+50 

+100 

0 0 

48 37 

ø15 

ø32 

ø5.2 


Random 

ø5 

ø3 

Bundle 

Diameter 

ø8 

30 15 

ø7 

+50 

+100 

1000 0 /2000 0 

48 37 

ø15 

ø32 

ø6 


Random 

i-112


•• 

These plate type light guides do not require much space due to their slim, 

compact design. 

•• 

MORITEX's unique reflected light inducer allows for even and bright 

illumination. They can be used for multi-observation inspections that 

require transmitted and uniform illumination such as backlighting 

electronic components or semi-transparent surfaces. 


MPP30-1500S-2 A-0679 

MPP60-1500S-2 A-0680 

MPP90-1500S-2 A-0681 


MPP 1500S-2 

Illuminating Area 

30 30×30mm 

60 60×60mm 

90 90×90mm 


MPP 

MPP30-1500S-2 

MPP60-1500S-2 


4 

30 

4 

60 

42.5 

36.5 

30 

15 

ø12.7 

ø25 

ø15 

8 

18 

4-M3 29 30 37 

76 1500 +75 0 

15 

ø6.55 


Random 


Random 

9.5 

MPP90-1500S-2 

4 

90 

18 

ø16 

ø25 

ø15 

18 

18 

ø16 

ø25 

ø15 

10 

44 

4-M3 30 30 37 

124 1500 +75 0 

102.5 

96.5 

90 

11.5 

72.5 

66.5 

60 

ø9.1 


ø11.1 

13.5 

20 

54 

30 37 

4-M3 30 

154 1500 +75 0 

18 


Random 

*Plastic light guides that cannot be used with 150W light sources: MPP30- 

1500S-2, MPP60-1500S-2, and MPP90-1500S-2.Use quartz adapter (KA-03) 

when using a 100W light source. 

i-113

1 






MKG/ P 

•• 

These light guides can be used when line 

illumination or line scan CCD lighting is necessary. 

Model 

Product Code 

MKG50-1500S A-0684 

MKG50×0.5W-1500S A-0685 

MKG180-1500S A-0686 

MKP180-1500S A-0687 

50 

1 

MKG50-1500S 

4 

1 

13 

60 

54 

2-M3 2-C10 

30 

ø18 

25 

1 20 

50 

ø13.7 

1500 +100 

0 

37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8 


Random 


MK 

Fiber Type 

G Glass 

P Plastic 

MKP180-1500S 


16 

0.5 

32 1 

17 

Line Length 

50 50mm 

180 180mm 

20 

186 

180 

200 

190 

ø20 

1500 +100 

0 

ø15.7 

ø25 

1 

4 

2-M4 

ø15 

30 37 

Length 

S 

×0.5W 2-Branch 

Slit plate 0.5t 

ø11.1 


Random 

*150W light sources cannot be used with MKP180-1500S. Use quartz adapter 

(KA-03) when using a 100W light source. 

MKG50x0.5W-1500S 

1 

MKG180-1500S 

Minimum Bend R =30, =40 Minimum Bend R=60 

Made-to-order 

2.5 

0.5 

186 

180 

1 

13 

4 

2-M3 

C10 

ø14 

ø10 

ø26 

40 

ø13.7 

2 

1000 +50 

0 

30 

37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8 


Random 

16 

65 1 

30 

200 

192 

4 

4-M4 

60 

54 

50 

54 

20 

20 

ø23 

0.5 

4 

25 

1 20 

50 

1500 +75 

0 

1500 +100 

0 

ø19 

ø25 

ø15 

30 37 

ø10.7 


Random 

i-114

Condenser Lenses for Line Light Guides 

MLK-50 

MLP-180 

2 

2-M3 Depth 5 

4-M2 Depth 4 

4-M2 Depth8 

60 

15 

2 

4 

13.5 

19.5 

70 

9.75 65±0.1 

25 

50 

2-M3 

20 

6 

65 

15 

2-M3 Depth7 

205 

205 

210 

200 

20 

45.5 

4 

16 

2 

12 

24 

10.5 

2-M3 

10 

•• 

Cylindrical focusing lens with the MKG50 light 

guide achieves a highly uniform beam with 

greater illuminance. 

Model 

Product Code 

MLK-50 A-8307 

MLP-180 A-8308 

MLK-50 

MLP-180 

•• 

Cylindrical focusing lens with the MKP180/ 

MKG180 light guides achieves a highly 

uniform beam with greater illuminance. 

Line Light Guides MKG/ P 

W.D (mm) 

0 

50 

2 

107000 lux 

2 

143000 lux 

100 

4 79000 lux 

2 110000 lux 

150 

7 59000 lux 

4 83000 lux 

200 

250 

300 

10 39000 lux 

13 27000 lux 

15 20000 lux 

5 62000 lux 

7 53000 lux 

15 47000 lux 

•• 

Light source: 100W halogen light source (Volume: max) 

• • Fiber: MKG50-1500S for MLK-50 

MKP180-1500S for MLP-180 

i-115





•• 

Line light guides with a uniform line width of 180mm can be connected to produce seamless, uniform 

illumination of high intensity over long widths. 

•• 

These light guides are available in multiples of 180mm from 360mm to 1440mm long. Use these long 

width light guides for illumination when inspecting LCD, PDP, and other glass boards and substrates or 

sheet products with line CCD cameras. Please note that a variable number of light sources are needed for 

each individual unit depending on the length. 


MFKG/ P 

Made-to-order 

MFKG Series 

Line Light Guides (glass fiber) 

MFKP Series 

Line Light Guides (plastic fiber) 

Model 

Fiber 

Type 

Line 

Length(mm) 

Required Quantity 

of Light Source 

Product 

Code 

MFKG360-2000S-SRM-L Glass 360 2 A-0735 


MFK 

Fiber Type 

G Glass 

P Plastic 

Line Length 

2000S-SRM-L 







MFKP360-2000S-SRM-L Plastic 360 2 A-0742 







Structure of Long Width Line Light Guides 

Light Guide 

• Condenser Lenses 

• Main Body of Light Guides 

34 

*1 

20 

Long Width Line Light Guides are Composed of a Combination 

of Condenser Lenses and Line Light Guides 

*1 Operable in Range from 159.5 to 194.5mm 

i-116

Ultra-Uniform Fiber Illumination 

MFKG-F1 Model 

Made-to-order 

An ultra-uniform model for length line light 

guides. This model has made ultra-even 

possible through improvement of the falling of 

light intensity at the connection area, as well as 

through unique technology in which the light 

guide incidence sides give uniformity to 

irregularities in the light source equipment. 


Usage 

•• 

Inspection of LCD glass panel inspection 

•• 

Inspection of color filters 

•• 

Inspection of sheet surface conditions 

Features 

•• 

Improved uniformity through unique optical 

fiber manufacturing technology. 

•• 

Support for a line length of up to 3,600mm is 

possible. 

•• 

Ultra-uniform lighting is made possible for the 

condenser lens unit by using a uniquely 

designed optical system. 

•• 

Special optical elements that reduce light 

source irregularity can be installed in the light 

input bundle area. (Optional) 

•• 

The number of input dispersions and light 

source cap is specified by the customer. 

(Approximate Measurements) 

Standard : Maximum Band Diameter 11 

Line Length possible up to 180mm x 0.5 

Large Diameter Cap : Maximum Band Diameter 20 

Line Length possible up to 500 mm x 0.5 

Example of Production Record 

MFKG 

Line Length Fiber Length Tube F1 Number of Ferrule 

Light Sources 

S SUS Flexible 

V SUS Flexible + PVC Tube (Black) 

G SUS Flexible + PVC Tube (Antistatic Grey) 

Large 

Diameter 

Ferrule 

Brightness Level 

Line Sensor Brightness Level Graph 

256 

224 

192 

160 

128 

96 

ø46 

Standard 

L Large 

Diameter 

Ferrule 

100 

ø30.4 

4.5 

30 

50 

ø31.4 

None 

D Special Element 

Standard 

F1 Type 

Special 

Element 

30 

Special 

Function 

HR Heat Resistant 

End 300°C 

REF Reference 

37 

ø15 

ø25 

Conventional Products 

Long Width Line Light Guides MFKG/ P 

MFKG1620-8000G-F1-3LD-HR 

Line Length : 1,620mm 

Fiber Length : 8,000mm 

Model : F1 

Light Source : 3 light type large diameter cap / 

Special element attached / 

Heat resistant specification 

64 

32 

0 

0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 

Pixels 

*Note: Graph and values are intended as a reference and are not a guarantee of 

the product's capabilities 

Light Guide 


Completed 

Patent Registration 

25 

14.5 

(Optical Axis) 

1650 

O.F.1620×0.5 (180×9 Joints) 

1650 (Condenser Lens Effective Range 825mm x 2 Joints) 

12-M6 

Depth6 

300 300 300 

300 300 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 90 90 90 70 40 70 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 

150 

80 

40 

290 

260 

27-M6(Piercing Thickness: 12mm) 

For Equipment Installation 

8000 +400 

0 

30 

75 75 

65 65 

90 30 

30 

6.5 

6.5 

7.5 

10 

300 

200 200 

300 

300 

300 300 

200 200 200 200 200 200 

1680 

ø19.2 

Bundle Diameter Random Heat 300°C 

i-117





Option Attachment Drawing for 

Straight/ Bifurcated/ Multifurcated Light Guides 

Light Guide Coupling Adapter · MAD-01 

Straight/ Bifurcated/ Multifurcated 

Ferrule Types 


· ML-40 

ø5 

ø8 

SD Type 

(Thin Ferrules) 

ø15 

ø 8 


ø14 

ø8 


Standard Type 

ø20 

ø14 

Quartz Adapter 

· KA-03 

Filter Holder 

· FAF-10 

· ML-30 · MLZ-100 

· ML-50 · MLS-60 

· ML-70 · MLS-60P 

Standard Type 

For FAF10 

Filters 

Side-Illumination Adapter 

· MQ-01 

For FAF10 Filters Straight Line Guide 


· ML-30 

· ML-70 

· ML-50 


Conversion Filter 

· MLF-10 

Color Filter (Red) 

· MLF-20R 

Color Filter (Green) 

· MLF-20G 

Color Filter (Yellow) 

· MLF-20Y 

Diffusion Filter 

· MLF-30 

Polarizing Filter 

· ME-01 

See corresponding pages for light guide compatibility, specifications, and option commodity codes. 

i-118

0 

0 

For Straight/ Bifurcated/ Multifurcated Light Guides 


•• 

These high performance condenser lenses were uniquely 

developed by MORITEX for optical fiber light guides. 

Through careful design and production, MORITEX ensures 

high quality performance at reasonable cost. 

ML-30 

ML-40 

ML-50 

ø24 

ø24 

M22.5 P0.5 

ML-70 

M22.5 P0.5 

15 

47 

55 

ø16 

MLZ-100 

Illuminance Characteristic and Illumination Range of Condenser Lenses 

Measuring Method: 

•• 

Position the illuminometer visually at the center of 

the illumination range (narrow or wide) and measure 

the illuminance. Set the illuminance of the light 

source to 30,000Lx for standard measurement 

(measurement using the standard light guide and 

measuring instrument). 

•• 

If the illuminance of the light source set to 30,000Lx 

exceeds 99,900Lx (upper limit of the measuring 

instrument) in standard measurement, reduce the 

luminous energy to the measurable range and 

convert the value into the range of 30,000Lx later. 

7 

ø14 

ø22 

ø14 

33.5 5 22 13.5~24.5 

74~85 

ø16 

ø19 

ø15 

M14 P0.5 

ø24.8 

10 

ø22.5 

35 

45 

51~61 

ø17.8 

+0.05 

ø5 

ø8 

ø16 

Central Illuminance 

ø12 

Illuminometer 

TM-1 

W.D. 

ø27 

ø24.5 

M25.5 P0.5 

ø16 

35 7 

70 

MLS-60P/MLS-60 


ø26 

ø22.4 

(68~79) 

ø18 

Straight Light Guide 

MSG4-1100S-RM 

+0.07 

ø14 

ø8 

ø22 

ø16 

100WHalogen Light Sources 

30000Lx 

Model Key Features Product Code 

ML-30 For straight or 2-branch light guides A-8300 

ML-40 For small diameter type (-SD) A-8301 

ML-50 Provides almost double the illuminance of the ML-30 A-8302 

ML-70 

For two lenses of two groups. Condenses into A uniform, 

comparatively small spot beam. 

A-8303 

MLZ-100 

Uniform spot beam with each working distance. Adjustable 

focus function by helicoid. 

A-8304 

MLS-60P 

Fine spot beam, focused by helicoid. 

Adjustable focus function by helicoid. 

A-8306 

MLS-60 

Uniform and sharp slit beam, focused by helicoid. 

Adjustable focus function by helicoid. 

A-8305 


ML-30 ML-40 ML-50 ML-70 MLZ-100 MLS-60P MLS-60 

W.D(mm) 

0 

50 

100 

150 

200 

250 

300 

350 

ø8.5 

ø35 

ø17 

ø61 

ø26 

ø86 

ø35 

ø111 

ø44 

ø135 

ø53 

ø160 

ø61 

ø187 

152000 

~35000 Lux 

75000 

~12000 Lux 

37000 

~6000 Lux 

19000 

~4000 Lux 

14000 

~2000 Lux 

10000 

~2000 Lux 

7000 

~1300 Lux 

ø6 

ø30 

ø11 

ø51 

ø20 

ø72 

ø26 

ø95 

ø33 

ø113 

ø39 

ø135 

ø46 

ø153 

38000 

~26000 Lux 

25000 

~9000 Lux 

12000 

~4200 Lux 

7200 

~2500 Lux 

5000 

~1700 Lux 

3300 

~1200 Lux 

2500 

~900 Lux 

ø7 

ø16 ø18.4 

170000 

ø12 

ø15.3 ~180000 Lux 

ø14.7 

ø19 

80000 

ø23.1 ~67000 Lux ø17 

ø23.6 

ø31.6 

ø32 

ø39.7 

ø41 

ø49 

ø49.3 

ø57 

ø66 

380000 

~140000 Lux 

46000 

~39000 Lux 

30000 

~25000 Lux 

21000 

~18000 Lux 

15000 

~13000 Lux 

ø14 

ø23 

ø21 

ø29 

ø31 

ø35 

ø36 

ø42 

ø43 

ø49 

84000 

~74000 Lux 

98000 

~63000 Llux 

62000 

~44000 Lux 

38000 

~27000 Lux 

26000 

~20000 Lux 

18000 

~15000 Lux 

14000 

~11000 Lux 

ø15 

ø17 

ø32 

ø34 

ø50.7 

ø51.3 

ø68.8 

ø68.4 

ø86 

ø89 

ø104 

ø106 

ø122 

ø123 

120000 

~100000 Lux 

27000 

~19000 Lux 

12000 

~9000 Lux 

6000 

~5000 Lux 

4000 

~2900 Lux 

2700 

~2000 Lux 

2000 

~1500 Lux 

ø4 

ø4 

ø4 

ø5 

ø6 

ø7 

2800 Lux 

2800 Lux 

2800 Lux 

2700 Lux 

2300 Lux 

2000 Lux 

0.6 

0.7 

0.8 

0.9 

47 370 Lux 

67 330 Lux 

85 310 Lux 

102 270 Lux 

• Light source: 100W halogen light source (volume: max) 

• Fiber: MSG4-1100S-RM for ML-30, ML-50, ML-70, MLZ-100, and MLS-60/60P 

MSG3-1100S-SD for ML-40 

i-119

0 




Filters and Adapters 

A filter or adapter can be attached to the illumination port of MORITEX straight, bifurcated, or multifurcated light guide to 

change the color temperature of the fiber illumination, or to change the color to red, green, or yellow. 

Filter Holder 

FAF-10 

Made-to-order 

•• 

This filter holder fits a straight, bifurcated, or multifurcated light 

guide with irradiation port of 8.0 in the outside diameter. A color 

temperature conversion filter (MLF-10), color filter (MLF-20 Series of 

R, G, and Y colors) and diffusion filter (MLF-30) can be installed. 


FAF-10 A-8321 


Filters 

Made-to-order 

MLF-10 

MLF-20 

MLF-30 

*Screw pitch M22.5x0.5 

Transmission(%) 

90 

Y 

80 

70 

R 

60 

G 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

300 400 500 600 700 


•• 

By using a filter holder (FAF-10), the following filters can 

be attached: 

Model Product Name Product Code 

MLF-10 Color Temperature Conversion Filter A-8322 

MLF-20 Color Filter Set (R/G/Y) A-8323 

MLF-30 Diffusion Filter A-8324 

MLF Filter Frame MLF Filter frame A-8325 

MLF-10 

Polarizing Filter for Straight Light Guides 

ME-01 

Made-to-order 

•• 

Can be attached to either 

the filter holder (FAF-10) or 

various lenses. 


ME-01 A-8340 

ø24 

5.5 

7.5 

ø18 

M22.5×0.5 

Polarizing Filter 

Side-Illumination Adapter Light Guide Coupling Adapter Quartz Adapter 

MQ-01 

7 

ø7 5 

MAD-01 

11±0.1 M3 M3 10 

5 

KA-03 

45 

Quartz Rod 

ø8 

+0.05 

+0.02 

ø14 

-0.02 

-0.1 

ø25 

+0.05 

+0.02 

ø15 

-0.02 

-0.05 

ø30 

ø15 

+0.05 

ø10 

ø15 

-0.02 

-0.05 

23 

ø8 

48± 0.1 

8 

45 37 

82 

* Used to bend illumination 90° from the light 

guide output axis. 


MQ-1 A-8346 

* This adapter joins the ferrules on the output side of 

one light guide to the input side of another. 


MAD-01 A-8347 

* Use this adapter when combining a 100W light 

source and a plastic light guide. 


KA-03 A-8348 

Inner Diameter Adapter 

Made-to-order 

Model Compatible model Dimension A (mm) Dimension B (mm) 

MS-02- MRG-31 ø31 ø60 

MS-03- MRG-48 ø48 ø75 

2 

B 

4.3.3 Hole 

6.5 Spot Facing 

to Connect to 

Main Body 

MS-04- MRG-53 ø53 ø80 

28.5 

MS-05- MRG-61 ø61 ø90 

* Specify the bore or internal diameter as required. The tolerance for the internal diameter is +0.1/+0. 

* Coating processing not performed for the internal diameter. 

Internal 

Diameter 

A 

Material : A5056 

Processing : BAM Piriform 

i-120

System Chart for Ring Light Guides 

Internal Diameter Adapter 

· MS-02- 

· MS-03- 

· MS-04- 

· MS-05- 

· MS-06- 

Internal 

Diameter 

Internal Dimensions 

*Set internal dimensions (internal 

diameter tolerance +0.1/0) as 

desired 

Mounting Direction 

Ring Light Guide 

Quartz Adapter 

· KA-03 


· MK-02 

· MK-03 

· MK-04 

· MK-05 

· MK-06 

Mounting Direction 

See corresponding pages for light guide compatibility, specifications, and option commodity codes. 

Ring Light Guide Options 



Model 

Compatible External Thickness Product 

Model Diameter (mm) Code 

MK-02 MRG-31 ø46 

A-8364 

MK-03 MRG-48 ø65 A-8365 

MK-04 MRG-53 ø69 5.5 A-8366 

MK-05 MRG-61 ø76 A-8367 

MK-06 MRG-75 ø90 A-8368 

Setting this filter at the light irradiation end of a ring 

light guide suppresses illuminance irregularity, achieving 

a soft illumination effect. 

i-121




Light Guide Data 

Mechanical Characteristics and Environment Resistance 

Mechanical Characteristics 

• Minimum Bend Radius 

The minimum bend radius of fiber optic light guides is determined mainly by the tube's bend radius. It is also influenced by 

the diameter and length of the fiber optic bundle. If you bend a light guide over its limit, it cannot perform properly because 

transmitted light quantity decreases due to bending or disconnection of optical fiber. Note that bend radius is larger for 

optical fiber with a random sequence. 


• Durability for Repeated Bending 

Although durability of optical fiber for repeated bending varies depending on types, it is not very good overall. Optical fiber 

breaks or deteriorates because of twisting, friction with other optical fiber, and friction within tubing (coating for a fiber optic 

bundle). When this happens, transmitted light quantity reduces and a light guide cannot perform sufficiently. Durability for 

repeated bending is even lower for optical fiber with a random sequence. If more durability is required, use a flexible light 

guide (special order) with a different internal structure and special coating agent. 

Environment Resistance 

• Heat Resistance 

The normal heat resistance ranges for raw plastic fiber, multi-component glass fiber, and quartz fiber are 70, 430˚C (except 

oiling), and 1,000˚C (except coating) respectively. Upper limit temperature for light guides ends differs according to the heat 

resistance of adhesives and coating materials used to protect optical fiber. Upper limit temperature for raw plastic fiber, 

multi-component glass fiber, and quartz fiber are 70˚C, 200˚C, and 200˚C respectively. 

If higher heat resistance is required, please use heat-resistant line guides (special order, 300˚C for multi-component glass fiber 

and quartz fiber). If even higher heat resistance is required, quartz fiber light guides that are resistant to 500˚C can be 

manufactured. 

Life of raw optical fiber varies according to temperature that it is used at, and the amount and time of change in temperature. 

Please contact us before using light guides in special conditions. 

Heat Resistance 

Optical Fiber 

Heat Resistance of Raw 

Fiber (˚C) 

End Heat Resistances of 

Standard Products (˚C) 

End Heat Resistance of 

Heat-Resistant Products (˚C) 

Plastic 70 70 - 

Multi-Component Glass 430 (Except Oiling) 200 300 

Quartz 

1,000 or More (Except 

Coating) 

200 300, 500 

i-122

Transmittance Rate and Luminosity Distribution Characteristics 

Optical Fiber Data 

Fiber Diameter 

Core Diameter 

Compound Glass Plastic Quartz 

50μm 

47.2μm 

250μm 500μm 750μm 

1000μm 2000μm 

(3~5 μm Less Than 

Fiber Diameter) 

208μm(Many Others) 

200μm(Many Others) 

Entrance Angle Approx. 64° Approx. 60° Approx. 25° 

Upper Temperature 

Standard Type 200°C Standard Type 70°C 

Standard Type 200°C 

Limit for Light Gudie Ends* 1 Special Order 300°C Special Order 500°C 

Durability × 

Heat Resistance × 

Transmittance* 2 

(Visible Light for Short Distance) 

Values × 

Excellent Problems in certain conditions ×Not recommended 

For reference only. Consult MORITEX for details 

*1 Data of a bundle (not element wire data) 

*2 Transmission at 10m or less 

Distribution Characteristics of 

Light Guide and Halogen Light Source 

Luminance Distribution of Ring Light Guide 

Relative intensity(%) 

MHAA-100W+MSG4-1100S 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 

Wavelength(nm) 


Horizontal Intensity Distribution 

(MRG61-1000S-RM) 

256 

224 

192 

160 

128 

96 

64 

32 

0 

-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 

Distance (mm) 


W.D. 

10mm 

20mm 

30mm 

40mm 

50mm 

100mm 

Vertical Intensity Distribution 

(MRG61-1000S-RM) 

256 

224 

192 

160 

128 

96 

64 

32 

0 

-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 

Distance (mm) 


Length and Transmission of Light Guide 

Luminance Distribution of Line Light Guide 

Transmissivity(%) 

* Data for Visible Range 

Glass 

Plastic 

Quartz 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 

Light Guide Length (m) 


Horizontal Intensity Distribution 

(MKG180-1500S-RM) 

256 

224 

192 

160 

128 

96 

64 

32 

0 

-125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 

Distance (mm) 

W.D. 

10mm 

20mm 

50mm 

100mm 

Vertical Intensity Distribution 

(MKG180-1500S-RM) 

256 

224 

192 

160 

128 

96 

64 

32 

0 

-125 -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 


Distance (mm) 

Spectral Transmission of Different Light Guides 

Transmissivity (%) 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 18001900 2000 


MSG4-1100S 

MSS4-1100S 

MSP4-1100S 

i-123




The ColdVision series provides an extensive offering of light sources, fiber optic 

light guides, and accessories designed to meet every illumination need for 

Machine Vision and Microscopy illumination. 

Utilizing LED, Halogen and Xenon light sources and accessories for standard and 

customized solutions, the ColdVision series combines flexibility with versatility. 

All ColdVision products in the expansive portfolio are specifically designed to 

operate seamlessly together and represent your best choice for Machine Vision 

and Microscopy illumination world-wide. 



LLS 


DCR ® III 

DCR ® III Plus 

DCR ® IV 


ACE ® 


Midi and Mini Ringlights 

66 mm / 58 mm Ringlights 







1", 2" & 3" Lightlines 

Lightlines 




Diffuse Dome 

Ringlight Reflector Rings 

/ Ringlight Support Apparatus 







45° Lightline 


Xenon Flash 

Light Source 

MaVi-S 


PANELite® Backlights 

i-124



CE 

UL 

CSA 

RoHS 

75 

W 

CE Marking 

UL Listed 

CSA Marking 


Wattage 

150 

W 

W 

(R/G/B) 

Wattage 

LED Color 

(Made-to-order Color) 

i-125




W 

(R/G/B) RoHS CE 

LLS - LED Light Source 

LLS - LED Light Source, A20960 


LL S 

Long Life, Low Energy Consumption, High Performance 

•• 

Long life-time (50,000 hours) 

•• 

Fits all COLDVision light guides 

•• 

Fast triggered strobe capabilities (maximum 1 kHz pulse rate, maximum 

pulse width 1 msec, duty 1/10) 

•• 

Internal light feedback provides stabilized light output for the most 

demanding machine vision applicaitons. 

•• 

Low power consumption (less then 25 watts) 

•• 

Improved immunity to vibration and shock 

•• 

Small footprint and worldwide universally compatible power supply with 

interchangeable plugs 

•• 

RoHS compliant 

•• 

CE approved 

LLS - LED Light Source, A20960. Rear View shows (from 

left to right): universal power input, multi-port input, 

Ethernet input, RS-232 input 

Hybrid Solution pairs state-of-the-art LED 

technology with Fiber Optic Light Guides 

•• 

The LLS offers users 4 different modes of control 

interfaces - a continous intensity control knob, 

Ethernet, RS-232 or analog 0-5 Volt. 

•• 

The auto-sensing inputs eliminate the need to 

switch manually between the modes. The unit also 

features a user control lock-out via the Ethernet and 

RS-232 SCHOTT supplied software. 

Screen shot of the supplied Ethernet software 

i-126


Dimensions in ( ) are in mm 

LLS A20960 Top View 

Side View 

Front View 


LL S 

Option 

Nosepiece Adapter 

Characteristics 

Dimensions 

Length 197 mm (7.75 in) 

Width 129 mm (5.08 in) 

Height 63 mm (2.48 in) 

Weight 

862 grms (1.9 lbs) 

Operating Temperature 5° C (41° F) to 40° C (104° F) 

Color Temperature - White 

6000K (Reference Values) 

LLS Technical Information 

Part No. Color 


(+/- bandwidth 20 nm) 

Light Output 

A20960 Red 625 120 Im 

A20960.1 White --- 275 Im 

A20960.2 Green 525 100 Im 

A20960.4 Blue 470 40 Im 

A20955 

Mounting Bracket 


Nosepiece Adapter 

MORITEX Lightguides 

MegaLight 

Model 

LLS-LG-MTX 

LLS-LG-MEGA 

i-127




150 

W 

CSA 

UL 

CE 

DCR ® III Light Source 

DCR ® III Light Source with EKE lamp, A20800 

DC regulated light source provides intense, cool illumination 


DCR ® 

•• 

DC-regulated light source limits light fluctuation to ± 0.5% due to line 

voltage variation 

•• 

Universal input voltage – accepts 90 to 265 VAC 

•• 

Current limiting – protects the unit from over heating due to defective 

andaging bulbs. 

•• 

Transient protection – allows remote location of bulb. 

•• 

Lamp change indicator light - LED located on front panel changes from 

green to red when lamp requires replacement. 

•• 

Soft start “lamp saver” circuitry 

•• 

IR filter for cool illumination 

•• 

Solid state dimmer control for continuous dimming 

•• 

Interchangeable Modulamp Units offer 2 lamp positions to maximize 

individual lamp efficiencies. 

•• 

Choice of three, 150 watt halogen lamps - EKE, EJA and DDL 

•• 

Can power the RS232 from the 9-pin connector 

•• 

Built-in 9-pin connector for analog remote control or RS-232 connection 

(A20601) 

•• 

Detachable IEC cord 

•• 

Quiet fan cooling 

•• 

CSA approved to UL spec, CE compliant to low voltage and EMC directives 

•• 

Low housing temp – slightly above ambient 

DCR ® III Light Source Models 

Part No. 

Description 

Standard Light Sources with 

US Power Cord Included 

A20800 

with EKE Lamp 

A20800.1 with EJA Lamp 

A20800.2 with DDL Lamp 

Light Source without Modulamp Unit 

and US Power Cord Included 

A20801 No Lamp – Power Supply Only 

Standard Light Sources 

EU Version - No Power Cord Included 

A20820 

with EKELamp 



EKE, DDL, and EJA lamps and Modulamp units can be 

purchased separately. 

Options 

•• 

Mechanical shutter. 

•• 

Wired, manual remote control andRS232 connection. 

•• 

Infinite setting, twelve blade irisdiaphragm version 

available to reduceintensity while maintaining color 

temperature. 

i-128



Input: 115/230 VAC – 50/60 Hz, Output: 0–20.5 VDC 

Spectral Curves 

w/Interference IR Filter 

Color Temperature Change 

vs. Lamp Intensity 


DCR ® 

Modulamp... SCHOTT Innovation! Two positions optimize light intensity output, 

depending on the lamp in use. Entire housing is interchangeable for quick setup. 

Choice of Lamps.. SCHOTT Versatility! Three different bulbs (EJA, EKE, DDL) offer light 

intensity and color temperature options to maximize productivity and accuracy. 

Lamp Intensity vs. 

Intersity Control Knob Setting 

Power Supply Specifications 

Rated Power Output 

150 Watts 


0.0, 0.5 to 20.5 VDC 

Input Voltage Rating, 50/60 Hz. 

90 to 265 VAC 

Power Factor Correction @ 230 VAC, 50 Hz. > 0.99, < 4° 

Hold-up Time, Nominal AC Input, Full Load 

8.3 milliseconds 

Line Regulation, Over Entire Input Range ±0.5% 

Current Limit Set Point 

8.5 Amps 

Temperature Range:Operating 0° to 45°C 

Storage -25° to 85°C 

Relative Humidity, Non-condensing 5% to 95% 

Note: If the intensity control knob is turned to the R (Remote) position, 

lamp intensity control is switched to the rear 9-pin connector. Front 

panel intensity control will always override the remote intensity control. 

i-129




150 

W 

CSA UL CE 

DCR ® III Plus Light Source 

DCR ® III Plus Light Source , A20870 


DCR ® 

Includes all the standard features of the DCR ® III plus a built-in RS232 

interface providing intense, cool illumination via remote control 

•• 

Remote controllable using built-in integrated RS232 interface 

•• 

Designed to control up to three additional DCR ® III units via a built-in 15-pin 

connector. Expansion cable and DCR ® III light sources sold separately. 

•• 

Automatically restores user settings on power up 

•• 

Enhanced communications available by embedding error checking codes 

in command strings 

•• 

Easy programmability with simple command structure 

•• 

DC-regulated light source limits light fluctuation due to line voltage 

variation up to ±0.5%. 

•• 

Current limiting circuitry protects the unit from over heating due to 

defective and aging bulbs. 

•• 

Lamp change indicator light - LED located on front panel changes color 

from green to red when lamp requires replacement. Lamp status output 

on RS232 is available. 

•• 

Solid state intensity control adjusts from 0 to 100% light output. 

•• 

Interchangeable Modulamp units offer 2 lamp positions to maximize 


•• 

Soft start “lamp saver” circuitry 

•• 

IR filter for cool illumination 

•• 

CSA certified to UL, CE compliant to low voltage and EMC directives 

•• 

Universal input voltage – accepts 90 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz 

DCR ® III Plus Light Source Models 

Part No. 

Description 



A20870 

with EKE Lamp 





A20875 

with EKE Lamp 



Expansion Cable 

A20665 Triple Cable with Plug, 12” 




Options 

•• 


•• 

Infinite setting, twelve blade iris diaphragm version 

available to reduce intensity while maintaining color 

temperature. 

•• 

Expansion cable. 

•• 

Remote light source. 

i-130



Modulamp... SCHOTT Innovation! Two positions optimize light 

intensity output, depending on the lamp in use. Entire housing 

is interchangeable for quick setup. 

Choice of Lamps.. SCHOTT Versatility! Three different bulbs 

(EJA, EKE, DDL) offer light intensity and color temperature 

options to maximize productivity and accuracy. 


DCR ® 



150 Watts 


0.0, 0.5 to 20.5 VDC 


90 to 265 VAC 


Hold-up Time, Nominal AC Input, Full Load 8.3 milliseconds 



8.5 Amps 

Temperature Range: Operating 0° to 45°C 



Note: If the intensity control knob is turned to the R (Remote) 

position, lamp intensity control is switched to the RS232 interface. 

Front panel intensity control will always override the remote 

intensity control. Remote control of attached DCR ® IIIs is dependent 

on each individual unit’s setting, which should be in R (Remote) 

position for remote control. 

i-131




150 

W 

CSA UL CE 

DCR ® IV Light Source 

DCR ® IV Light Source with DDL lamp, A20890 


DCR ® 

DC regulated light source with integrated Equalizer light feedback to 

provide stabilized light output for the most demanding machine vision 

inspection applications (See DCR ® III Plus datasheet for base description.) 

•• 

Stable lamp output over the life of the lamp and minimized lamp to lamp 

variation 

•• 

Remote controllable using integrated RS232 interface 

•• 

Flexible - Two configurations available: 

•• 

A. DCR ® IV used with a reference Modulamp unit and off-the-shelf fiber 

optic, maintains DDL lamp output at ±2% over the life of the lamp and 

±8% lamp to lamp 

•• 

B. For even greater control, use the DCR ® IV with fiber optic products that 

have an integrated reference bundle; special order only. This will 

maintain DDL lamp output and lamp to lamp variation within ±1%. 

•• 

All of the features of the DCR ® III Plus Light Source including control of up 

to three additional DCR ® III light sources via an expansion cable 

•• 

LED’s located on the front panel indicate that the lamp intensity is 

stabilized. 

•• 

Easy to use front panel controls for calibration and intensity control 

•• 

CSA certified to UL, CE compliant to low voltage and EMC directives 

•• 

Universal input voltage – accepts 90 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz 

DCR ® IV Light Source Models 

Part No. 

Description 



Integrated Equalizer (complete with 

A20890 Reference Modulamp assembly and 

DDL Lamp). (Standard fiber) 


Modulamp assembly and DDL 

A20891 

Lamp. Does not include reference 

bundle). (Custom Fiber) 




A20895 Reference Modulamp assembly and 

DDL Lamp). 


DDL lamp and Modulamp units can be purchased 

separately. 

Options 

•• 


•• 

Infinite setting, twelve blade iris diaphragm unit 


temperature. Cannot be used with reference 

Modulamp. 

•• 

Expansion cable. 

i-132



DDL lamp is offered as the standard 

lamp for this unit. 

Lamp Intensity vs. Time 


Performance Specifications 

Light Output with Reference Modulamp Unit ±2% 

Light Output with Independent Reference Bundle ±1% 

Lamp to Lamp Variation with Reference Modulamp Unit ±8% 

Lamp to Lamp Variation with Independent Reference Bundle ±1% 



150 Watts 


0.0, 0.5 to 20.5 VDC 


90 to 265 VAC 


Hold-up Time, Nominal AC Input, Full Load 

8.3 milliseconds 


Lamp Type 

DDL, Ushio or GE, 150 W 

Halogen Bulb 


8.5 Amps 




Note: If the intensity control knob is turned to the R (Remote) 

position, lamp intensity control is switched to the RS232 

interface. Front panel intensity control will always override the 

remote intensity control. Remote control of attached DCR ® IIIs 

is dependent on each individual unit’s setting, which should be 

in R (Remote) position for remote control. 

DCR ® 

i-133




CSA UL CE 

Universal Light Source 

Universal Light Source, A20855 


For applications where DC power is already available and the need for 

an economical light source exists 

•• 

Many of the same functional features as the Remote Light Source Kit 

•• 

Includes Modulamp 

•• 

Connectors are included. 

•• 

Power cable supplied by customer 

•• 

CE compliant to low voltage directive 

•• 

Will accept any MR-16 halogen lamp up to 150W/21V 

Light Source Accessories 

Part No. 

A20855 

Description 


A20855 


Input: 0 – 21 VDC 

i-134

i-135




150 

W 

CSA UL CE 

ACE ® Light Source 

ACE ® Light Source with EKE lamp, A20500 

ACE ® Light Source ACE ® 

Compact, rugged, AC halogen light source with solid state dimmer for 

variable light intensity and maximizing lamp life 

•• 

Solid state dimmer for continuous control zero to full intensity 

•• 

Heavy duty, grounded metal housing 

•• 

115 or 230 input voltage versions available 

•• 

IR interference filter for cool illumination 

•• 

Full illumination on .60” active diameter input 

•• 

Interchangeable Modulamp Units offer 2 positions to maximize individual 

lamp efficiencies. 

•• 

Choice of three, 150 watt halogen lamps - EKE, EJA, and DDL for intense, 

uniform illumination 

•• 

Built-in thermal shut down 

•• 


•• 

CSA approved to UL spec, CE compliant to low voltage and EMC 

directives 

•• 

Low housing temperature 

•• 


Modulamp Unit with Iris Diaphragm 

ACE ® Light Source Models 

115 Volt 230 Volt Description 


A20500 A20510 EKE Lamp 

A20500.1 A20510.1 EJA Lamp 

A20500.2 A20510.2 DDL Lamp 

Light Source without Modulamp Unit 

A20500.115 A20510.230 

No Lamp Power 

Supply Only 




Options 

•• 

Private labeling available. 

•• 



temperature. 

i-136

ACE ® Light Source 


Input: 115 VAC/60 Hz, 230 VAC/50/60 Hz, Output: 0–21 VAC 



Color Temperature Change 

vs. Lamp Intensity 

ACE ® Light Source ACE ® 

Modulamp... SCHOTT Innovation! 

Two positions optimize light intensity output, depending on the lamp in use. 

Entire housing is interchangeable for quick setup. 

Lamp Intensity vs. 

Intersity Control Knob Setting 

Choice of Lamps.. SCHOTT 

Versatility! Three different bulbs (EJA, EKE, DDL) offer light intensity and color 

temperature options to maximize 

productivity and accuracy. 



190 Watts (nominal) 


0 - 21 VAC 

Fiber Receptacle 

0.72” (13.3 mm) 


115 VAC / 60 Hz 

230 VAC / 50/60 Hz 


Solid State Dimmer..SCHOTT Control! 

Continuous intensity control for lamp life management. 

i-137




150 

W 

CSA UL CE 

ACE ® Remote Light Source 

115 Volt ACE ® Remote Light Source with EKE lamp, A20560 


ACE ® 

All the features of our universally accepted ACE ® light source with the 

added convenience of the following: 

•• 

6' shielded black cable provides remote intensity control, including ON/ 

OFF. 

•• 

Positive locking, quick disconnect cable will not pull out 

•• 

CSA approved to UL spec, CE compliant to low voltage and EMC directives 

•• 

10' shielded extension available as an option 

•• 

Modulamp assembly purchased separately 

•• 

Heavy duty, grounded metal housing 

•• 

115 input voltage version available 

•• 


•• 

Full illumination on .60" active diameter input 

•• 

Solid state dimmer control 

•• 

Interchangeable Modulamp Units offer 2 positions to maximize individual 

lamp efficiencies. 

•• 

Choice of three, 150 watt halogen lamps - EKE, EJA, and DDL for intense, 

uniform illumination 

•• 

Built-in thermal shut down 

•• 


•• 

Zero to full intensity 

•• 

Low housing temperature 

•• 


10" Extension Cord with CPC connectors, A29505 


ACE ® Remote Power Supply Modulamp/lamp not included 

A20560.115 115 V Power Supply Only 

Extension Cord 

A29505 10’ extension - CE and CSA Comp. 




Options 

•• 



temperature. 

i-138



Input: 115 VAC/60 Hz, Output: 0–21 VAC shown with 

optional EKE modulamp sold separately. 


ACE ® 



190 Watts (nominal) 


0 - 21 VAC 

Fiber Receptacle 0.72 (13.3) 


115 VAC / 60 Hz 


i-139




Halogen Lamps & 

Modulamp Assemblies 

Halogen Lamps & Modulamp Assemblies 

Lamp Features 

•• 

150 watt tungsten halogen bulbs 

•• 

EJA, EKE and DDL types available 

•• 

Use with ACE ® Series and DCR ® Series light sources 

•• 

The correct lamp for your light source is specified on the label located on 

the front of the Modulamp unit. 

•• 

More specifications are in the chart on the left and on the back side of this 

page. 

Modulamp Assembly Features 

•• 

Assures maximum light delivery to fiber optic components 

•• 

Use with all ACE ® Series and DCR ® Series light sources 

•• 

Full illumination on .60” (15 mm) active diameter input 

•• 

Interchangeable Modulamp units offer 2 lamp positions to maximize 


•• 

Choice of three, 150 watt halogen lamps - EJA, EKE, DDL 

•• 


•• 

Iris version also available 

A08110 A08120 A08130 

EJA, EKE and DDL Lamps 

Modulamp Assembly, A08301 

Iris Diaphragm, A08321, A08321.1, A08321.2 

150 Watt Halogen Lamps 

Part No. Type Description 

Modulamp Assemblies 

A08110 EJA 3350° K color temperature. 21 

Volt. Most intense. Small spot 

size. Rated 40 hrs., 500 hrs. w/ 

a dimmer.* 

Part No. Type 

Description 

Standard (without lamp) 

A08301 

Lampholder for EKE Lamp 

A08120 EKE 3250° K color temperature. 21 

Volt. High output for most 

applications. Rated 200 hrs., 

2000 hrs. w/ a dimmer.* 

A08130 DDL 3150° K color temperature. 20 

Volt. Extremely uniform 

output. Rated 500 hrs., 5000 

hrs. with a dimmer.* 

A08301.1 Lampholder for E J A Lamp 

A08301.2 Lampholder for DDL Lamp 

Iris Diaphragm (without lamp) 

A08321 

Lampholder for EKE Lamp 

A08321.1 Lampholder for E J A Lamp 

A08321.2 Lampholder for DDL Lamp 

Lamp Socket 

Lamp Socket 

Part No. 

A29506 

Description 

Lamp Socket for ACE ® Series and 

DCR ® Series light sources. 

*Voltage reduced to 80% of full intensity. 

i-140



A08301, A08301.1 & A08301.2 - Modulamp Assemblies Front View of Modulamp Assembly 




A08110, A08120 & A08130 - Lamp Beam Patterns 

Beam Patterns are Courtesy of GE 

Lamp Specifications 

Bulb 

Type 

Voltage Wattage Lamp 

Base 

Bulb 

Finish 

Burn Position Shape Color 

Temp. 

Filament 

Lamp 

Fill 

Lamp 

Life 

Overall 

Length 

(mm) 

Reflector 

Design 

Reflector 

Size 

(mm) 

EJA 21 150 GX5.3 Clear Base/Down Horiz. MR-16 3350 CC-6 Halogen 40 Hrs. 44.5 Dichroic 50.7 28.0 

EKE 21 150 GX5.3 Clear Base/Down Horz. MR-16 3250 CC-6 Halogen 200 Hrs. 44.5 Dichroic 50.7 44.5 

Working 

Distance 

(mm) 

DDL 20 150 GX5.3 Clear Base/Down Horz. MR-16 3150 CC-6 Halogen 500 Hrs. 44.5 Dichroic 50.7 194.5 

i-141




RS232 Interface 

A20650 

A modular approach to computer control 


•• 

Can be used with any device requiring 0 to 5 volt control voltage input 

•• 

Scaling feature can convert output to 0.0 to 2.5 volts. 

•• 

Permits full range intensity control 

•• 

A single RS232 interface controls the intensity of up to three light sources. 

The intensity setting can vary for each. 

•• 

Lamp on/off feature is independent of intensity control. Manage on/off 

function of multiple light sources as one unit (DCR ® III only) 

•• 

For maximized control from your computer, SCHOTT offers single, dual 

and triple RS232 cables (for DCR ® III light sources only). This gives the 

computer the added cabability of reading lamp failure. 

- User must supply standard cables when connected to DCR ® and DCR ® II 

Series light sources. 

•• 

When used with SCHOTT’s RS232 cables the interface can be powered 

from the 9-pin connector on the DCR ® III light source, therefore a power 

supply is not required. 

•• 

RS232 single, dual, and triple cables are sold separately. 

•• 

Comes with LABVIEW ® Driver, manuals, demo software and 5” Velcro ® 

mounting strip 

•• 

CE compliant 

LABVIEW® Driver, manuals, demo software, 5” Velcro® 

mounting strip, and wall transformer for the RS232 

Interface. 

RS232 Single Cable with Plug, A20661 


Part No. 

Description 

A20650* 

RS232 Interface with UL 

approved 120V wall transformer 

A20660* 

RS232 Interface without wall 

transformer 

RS232 Cables 

A20661 RS232 Single Cable with Plug 

A20662 RS232 Dual Cable with Plug 

A20663 RS232 Triple Cable with Plug 

User supplies shielded DB-9 male/female connector and 

RS232 serial port to DB-25 Sub D type connector. 

i-142



Power: 12 Volts DC @ 100 mA 

Connection: 2.5 mm sub-mini two connector plug 

Data Format: 1200 - 9600 Baud (auto detect) 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity 

•• 

Three buffered 0 to 5 Volt analog outputs 

with 8 bit resolution and x-2 scaling bit. 

•• 

One open collector output. 

•• 

Four 0.0 to 5.0 Volt analog inputs* with 12 

bit resolution. Three are individually wired 

to the analog outputs for read back 

capability. One is available for general use. 

•• 

For specific lightsource I/O listings, please 

refer to the lightsource user’s manual. 


* DCR ® II and DCR ® III maintain stability 

regardless of intensity setting. DCR ® may 

become unstable at voltage inputs less than 

2 volts. Refer to RS232 User’s Manual or 

contact SCHOTT for more information. 

i-143




75 

W 

RoHS 

CSA 

CE 

MaVi-S Light Source 

High intensity xenon strobe light source for stop motion imaging 


•• 

Used together with SCHOTT light guides, the MaVi-S emits brief and 

intense light pulses that result in bright, clear and high-contrast images, 

a valuable tool for many applications, e.g. wafer inspection, bottle 

inspection, matric code reading and diamond quality control. 

•• 

High speed applications, short flash times are required as well as 

adjustable delays to capture the required images and information. 

•• 

CE Aproved 

•• 

ROHS compliant 

MaV i-S 

i-144




MaV i-S 

Technical Data 

Lamp type 

Xenon Flashlamp 

Maximum energy 

Up to 2.16 J 

Frequency range 

1 Hz - 200 Hz 

Flash duration 

Approx. 6 μs 

Pulse to pulse stability 2.5% from flash to flash with no loss of flashes 

Electronic Data 

Intensity regulation Via control panel computer (RS 232) or analog input 

Computer interface Control of up to 9 MaVi-S light sources 

Burst function 

Generation of several flashes by one trigger pulse 

Power supply 

100 V - 260 V. 50 Jz - 60 Hz 

Power consumption 75 Watt 

Fuses 

1.6 A (slow blow) 

Protection class 

1 (protective grounding) 

Electrical safety IEC/EN 61010 and IEC/EN 6100 

Ambient Conditions 

Operating temperature 0°C to 43°C 

Storage temperature - 40°C to 90°C 

Relative humidity 

Max. 80 %, non condensing 

Housing 

Outer dimensions 

110 mm x 200 mm x 180 mm 

Weight 

2 kg 

lR Spectrum MaVi-S (without Filter) 

Spectrum MaVi-S (without Filter) 

i-145




Light Guides 

Universal Ringlights 

For 33 to 81 mm Objective Diameters 

Universal Ringlight A08600 (classic clamp syle) 

Universal Ringlight, A08600.1 (new clamp style) 


SCHOTT ringlights emit intense, uniform, and shadow-free illumination 

for Machine Vision and Microscopy applications. 

•• 

Fits microscope and camera objectives from 33 to 81 mm with 

appropriate clamps 

•• 

Working distance is 1.5” to 6” (38 to 152 mm) 

•• 

33” (838 mm) bundle length on all models 

•• 

The ringlight body is made of rugged, black anodized aluminum and the 

fiber bundle is protected with flexible PVC covered metal tubing. 

•• 

Two unique clamping/mounting systems for precise positioning. Most 

ringlights fit directly onto the microscope and camera objective without 

adapters. 

•• 

Input fits all ColdVision light sources. Ringlights can be used with other 

manufacturer’s continuous light sources. Adapters may be required. 

•• 

Use ringlights with our Dichroic color filters, diffusers, polarizer/analyzers, 

and reflector rings for alternative lighting effects. 

•• 

Vertical exit bundle option increases work space and prevents the bundle 

from interfering with surrounding objects. 

•• 

Modified standard and custom ringlights are also available for your 

unique requirements. 

•• 

ESD (Electro Static Discharge) option is available on custom basis. 

Anti-Slip Ringlight Clamps, A08614 



Amti Slip Ringlight Clamps: 

For accurate positioning when using fiber 

optic components in industrial 

and laboratory environments. 

i-146



Ringlight Input: Black Anodized Aluminum or Conductive Finish 

Bundle Sheathing: PVC Covered Metal Tubing or Stainless Steel 

Working Distance: 1.5” to 6” (38 to 152) 

Warning : This product is 

manufactured with glass fiber. 

Not for use in cable/hose carrier. 

Call SCHOTT to discuss moving 

cable/hose carrier applications. 

Clamp(s) for 

A08611 Clamp Ring, 

A08600 and A22000 

Ringlights and A08614, Set of 

3 Clamps 1.8 / 2.4” (47/62) 

Clamp(s) for 

A08612 Clamp Ring, A08603 

Ringlight and A08601, Set of 

3 Clamps 1.3 / 1.8” (33/46) 

A08620 - 47 mm / 62 mm Ringlight with vertical exit 

(classic clamp) 

Clamp(s) for 

A08613 Clamp Ring, A08604 

Ringlight, and A08602, Set of 

3 Clamps 2.4 / 3.2” (62/81) 

A08690 (new clamp style shown) 


A08600 (classic clamp style shown) 


Part No. 

Standard 

Exit 

Vertical 

Exit 

Minimum 

Working 

Distance 

Objective 

diameter 

Camera and 

Microscope 

A08600 X 1.5” - 6” 47 to 62 mm 

A08600.1 X 1.5” - 6” 47 to 62 mm 

A08620 X 1.5” - 6” 47 to 62 mm 

A08690 X 1.5” - 6” 33 to 81 mm 

A08601.1 Ringlight Screw 

Mounting 

Clamps 

(classic) 

Clamps 

(new) 

Clamps 

(classic) 

Clamps 

(classic) 

Polarizer/ 

System 

Analyzer 

A08615 

A08615 

A08615 

A08615 


Holders, Clamp Rings, and Anti-slip Pads 

Part No. 

Description 

A08614 Anti-slip Ringlight Clamps for ringlight models A08600, 

A08620. (3 clamps in package) (47 mm to 62 mm) 

A08601 

(33 mm to 46 mm) 

A08602 

(62 mm to 81 mm) 

i-147




Midi, Mini and Maxi Ringlights 

For 19 to 53 mm Objective Diameters 


SCHOTT ringlights emit intense, uniform, and shadow-free illumination 

for Machine Vision and Microscopy applications. 

Mini Features 

• Fit microscope and camera objectives from 19 to 32.5 mm 

• Working distance is .5” to 4” (13 to 102) 

Midi Features 

• Fit microscope and camera objectives from 38 to 53 mm 

• Working distance is 1.25” to 3.5” (32 to 89)* 

Midi & Mini Ringlight Features 

• Thumbscrew mounting system for precise positioning. Ringlights fit directly 

on most microscope and camera objectives without adapters. For instances 

when adapters are necessary, see the Accessories section of the catalog. 

• Vertical exit bundle option increases work space and prevents the bundle 

from interfering with surrounding objects. 

• The ringlight body is made of rugged, black anodized aluminum. The 


4” Ringlight 

• Fiber ring diameter is 4.5” (114*) 

• Working distance ranges from 2” to 8” (51 to 203) 

• Light exits at 40 degree angle for specular-free illumination 

• Randomized fiber bundle maximizes uniformity. 

• The ringlight body is made of rugged, black anodized aluminum and the 


8” Ringlight 

• Low Profile ringlights for working distances from 2.5” to over 4.5 (64 to 114) 

• #1/4-20 mounting threads in the coupler (front and top) 

• The ringlight body is made of rugged, black anodized aluminum and the 

fiber bundle is protected with stainless steel tubing. 

4” Ringlight, A08700 

8” Ringlight, A08710 

Mini Ringlight, A08650 

i-148










A08650 - A08660 - 19 / 32.5 mm Ringlights 

A08670 - 19 / 32.5 mm Ringlight with Vertical Exit 

A08635 & A22035 - 38 / 53 mm Ringlights with Vertical Exit 

A08700 4” Ringlights 

A08630 & A22030 - 38 / 53 mm Ringlights with Vertical Exit 


A08710 8” Ringlights 

Maxi Ringlights 

Part No. ID OD Working Distance 

A08700 

A08710 

4” 

(102) 

7.5” 

(191) 

9.98” 

(127) 

8.95” 

(227) 

2” - 8” 

(51 - 203) 

2.5” - 4.5” 

(64 - 114)* 

Bundle 

Length 

30” 

(762) 

40” 

(1016) 

Polarizer/ 

Analyzer 

A08705 

A08712 

Use ringlights with our Dichroic color filters, diffusers, and polarizers for alternative 

lighting effects. Maci Ringlights will require an adapter, part number A08931, due to 

the size of the input. 

Mini Ringlights 

Part No. 

Standard 

Exit 

Vertical 

Exit 

Working Distance 

Polarizer/ 

Analyzer 

A08650 X .5” - 1.5” (13 - 38) A08632 

A08660^ X 1.5” - 4” (38 - 102)* A22032 

A08670^ X 1.5” - 4” (38 - 102)* A08627 

Midi Ringlights 

A08630 X 1.25” - 3.5” (32 - 89)* A08632 

A08635 X 1.25” - 3.5” (32 - 89)* A22032 


^ 29% more fiber than A08650 ringlight 

*Dimensions in ( ) are in mm 

i-149




Ringlights, 66mm 

66 mm Ringlight, A08625 

For intense, uniform, and shadow-free illumination 


•• 

Ringlights fit 66 mm microscope and camera objectives. Also shown on 

this sheet is a tapered inner-body ringlight for the Nikon SMZ 645/600 

microscope. See model number A22040^. 

•• 

Working distance is 1.5” to 6” (38 to 152) 

•• 

33” (838) bundle length on all models 

•• 


fiber bundle is protected with flexible PVC covered metal tubing except 

the ESD (Electro Static Discharge) models. 

•• 

ESD ringlights are made conductive by replacing the black anodized 

finish with a conductive finish and the PVC metal tubing with stainless 

steel tubing. Each ringlight is checked for conductivity from inner body to 

light source adapter. (Available custom) 

•• 

Thumbscrew clamping/mounting system for precise positioning (except 

for model number A22040). Ringlights fit directly onto most microscope 

and camera objectives without adapters. 

•• 

Clamp rings for the Universal ringlights also fit the 66 mm ringlights for 

use with a different diameter objective microscope or with the Ringlight 

Holder. (See the Support Apparatus for Ringlights section of the catalog 

for more information.) 

•• 

Input fits all ColdVision light sources. Ringlights can be used with other 

manufacturer’s continuous light sources. Adapters may be required. 

•• 

Use ringlights with our Dichroic color filters, diffusers, polarizer/analyzers 


•• 

Modified standard and custom ringlights are also available for all your 


ESD 66 mm Ringlight (custom) 

Vertical Exit 66 mm Ringlight, A08680 

i-150











Mounting Hole Locations for 

A08625, A22025 & A08680 

A08680 - 66 mm Ringlight with Vertical Exit 

A08625 - 66 mm Ringlights 


A22040 - Nikon SMZ 645/660 Ringlight with Vertical Exit and Retaining Ring 


Part No. 

Standard 

Exit 

Vertical 

Exit 

ESD 

Objective 

Diameter 

Mounting 

System 

Polarizer/ 

Analyzer 

A08625 X 66 mm Thumbscrew A08615* 

A08680 X 66 mm Thumbscrew A08615* 

Custom X 66 mm Thumbscrew N/A 

* If using the A08626 adapter, use A08627 polarizer/analyzer 

i-151





Ringlight, A22040 with Retaining Ring 

Designed to fit Nikon SMZ and Leica S4E and S6E microscopes 


•• 

Working distance is 1.5” to 6” (38 to 152) 

•• 

33” (838) bundle length on all models 

•• 


fiber bundle is protected with flexible PVC covered metal tubing except 

the ESD (Electro Static Discharge) models. 

•• 

ESD ringlights are made conductive by replacing the black anodized 

finish with a conductive finish and the PVC metal tubing with stainless 

steel tubing. Each ringlight is checked for conductivity from inner body to 

light source adapter. 

•• 

Vertical exit bundle increases work space and prevents the bundle from 

interfering with surrounding objects. 

•• 

Retaining ring mounting for the A22040 ringlight offers secure 

positioning. 

•• 

Thumbscrew clamping/mounting system for precise positioning on the 

A22050 & A22060 models. Ringlights fit directly onto microscope and 

camera objectives without adapters. 

•• 

A22050 and A22060 ringlights will fit on all auxiliary lenses for the S4E 

and S6E microscopes. 

•• 

Use ringlights with our Dichroic color filters, diffusers, polarizer/analyzers, 


•• 

Modified standard and custom ringlights are also available for all your 


Ringlight, A22050 

i-152











A22040 - Ringlight with Vertical Exit and Retaining 

Ring for Nikon SMZ 645/660 Microscopes 

A22050 - Ringlight with Vertical Exit for 

Leica S4E/S6E Microscopes 


A22060 - ESD Ringlight with Vertical Exit for Leica S4E/S6E Microscopes 


Part No. ESD Objective Diameter Mounting System 

Polarizer/ 

Analyzer 

A22040* Nikon SMZ 645/660 Retaining Ring A22042 

A22050 Leica S4E/S6E Thumbscrew A22052 

A22060 X Leica Thumbscrew Custom 


*The A22040 ringlight has a tapered ring diameter to use with SMZ 645/660 microscope. 

A retaining ring is used for mounting instead o a thumbscrew 

i-153





Darkfield Ringlight, A22780 


Unique parabolic reflector ring creates a radial “light sheet” for oblique 

lighting effects. 

•• 

Eliminates need for a quad lightline and mounting hardware to create 

similar lighting effects 

•• 

Randomized bundle creates extremely uniform light output. 

•• 

Remove the reflector ring to create a long working distance ringlight. 

•• 

Can be used with continuous or strobe light sources. Standard input 

adapter accepts the full range of all our color filters. 

•• 

Three #8-32 threaded mounting holes in the top of the ringlight body 

facilitate fixturing. 

•• 

Rugged aluminum body and light source adapter with black anodized finish 

•• 

PVC covered metal tubing protects the fiber bundle. 

Typical Applications 

•• 

BGA (Ball Grid Array) inspection 

•• 

lluminating scratches on highly reflective surfaces 

•• 

Water contamination inspection 



Actual image of BGA (Ball Grid Array) chip illuminated 

by a Darkfield ringlight clearly identifies where solder 

balls are missing. 

Darkfield Ringlights 

Part No. Standard 

Exit 

A22780 

X 

ID OD Working 

Distance 

4.03” 

(102) 

*Dimensions in ( ) are in mm 

5.25” 

(134) 

0” - .25” 

0”-6.35) 

Bundle 

Length 

30” 

(762) 

Ringlight Input: Black Anodized Aluminum 


A22780 







i-154

Darkfield Illuminator / 

Ringlight Adapters 

A08644 

A08645 

Ringlight adapters for microscope objectives and darkfield lighting. 

•• 

Fiber optic full annular ring configuration. 

•• 

Dovetail adapters for a variety of microscopes attach to slide the 

illuminator into place under the microscope stage. See chart on left for 

adapter specifications. Please note that a spacer ring, A08644, is required 

for the A08645 model adapter. 

•• 

Does not interfere with microscope operation 

•• 

Light exits at a nominal 20° horizontal angle and will illuminate a 1” 

(25.4)* diameter area 

•• 

Ringlight comes with a fixed size aperture to shield optic from light. 

•• 

Working distance from .10” (2.5) to .38” (9.7) 

•• 

Optional Iris Aperture allows adjustment of the darkfield spot size for light 

sensitive applications. 

Darkfield Illuminator, Adapter, A08645 and Spacer Ring, A08644 


Darkfield Illuminator & Accessories 

Part No. 

Description 

A08644 

Darkfield Spacer Axio 2 for A08645 

Adapter 

Dovetail Adapters 

A08645 

Dovetail Adapter for Zeiss Axioplan 

(see A08644) 

A08646 

Dovetail Adapter for Leitz Laborlux, 

DMR 

A08647 

Dovetail Adapter for Olympus 

A08649 

Dovetail Adapter for Zeiss Axioskop 


i-155




Ringlight to Microscope Adapters 

A08606 

A08607 


A08608 

A08609 

A08626 

A08628 


Part No. 

Ringlight 

Microscope 

Mounting 

A08606 A08600 B&L Zoom 4 Screws into Objective 

A08607 A08625 Leica SZ4/SZ6 with auxiliary lens Three Thumscrews 

A08608 A08625 Leica SZ4/SZ6 without auxiliary lens Screws into objective 

A08609 A08630 Leica SZ7 #6 - 32 Hex Set Screw 

A08626 A08625 Olympus SZ Screw-on Retaining Ring 

A08628 

A08600, 

A08620 

SMZ 645/660 

Note: 

Adapters are machined to order. Pricing and Availability subject to market conditions. 

Drawings are available. 

Screws on Objective 

i-156



A08606 

Ringlight Adapter 

A08607 


A08608 


A08626 


A08609 


A08628 



i-157






The polarizing effect enhances contrast on highly reflective surfaces for 

Microscopy and Machine Vision Applications. 

•• 

The polarizer/analyzer reduces reflection and glare. 

•• 

The A08615 and A08632 polarizers were designed to easily snap-fit onto 

the ringlight. The analyzer is dropped through the top of the ringlight 

and positioned on top of the polarizer. 

•• 

To prevent the polarizer/analyzer from moving due to vibration, a knurled 

thumb-screw locks the polarizer assembly into position. In addition, it 

makes the holder easier to adjust. To further prevent vibration, a setscrew 

stops the polarizer disk from turning within the assembly. These 

features are found on polarizer / analyzer model numbers A08615 and 

A08627. 

Polarizer/Analyzer, A08615 

Polarizers & Analyzers 

Part Corresponding Ringlights 

No. 

A08615 A08600, A08620, A08625, A08680, 

A08600.1 

A08627 A08625 & Olympus Adapter, part 

number A08626 

A08632 A08630, A08635 

A08652 A08650, A08660, A08670 

A08705^ A08700 

^Polarizer ring only. User must supply analyzer. 



A08615 

Polarizer/Analyzer 

A08627 


A08632 


A08705 


i-158

Diffuse Dome 

For use with 4” Fiber Optic Ringlight A08700 

Diffuse Dome A25045 with Ringlight, A08700 (Ringlight not included) 

Diffuse dome to eliminate specular reflection on shiny surfaces. 

Standard Features 

•• 

Eliminates specular glints and/or shadows on reflective parts 

•• 

Used in conjunction with 4” diameter ringlight A08700 

•• 

4.9” (124 mm) diameter x 2.70” (69 mm) height (without ringlight) 

•• 

Viewing aperature: 0.98 (25 mm) 

Diffuse Dome 


•• 

Data matric code reading 

•• 

OCR/OCV 

•• 

Semiconductor wafer inspection 

•• 

Foil inspection 

•• 

Can inspection 

Diffuse Dome 


Dimensions in [ ] are mm. All other dimensions are Inches. 

i-159




Ringlight Reflector Rings / 

Ringlight Support Apparatus 

For use with 4” Fiber Optic Ringlight A08700 


Reflector rings create special lighting effects. 

•• 

lluminates scratches on highly reflective surfaces 

•• 

The A08616 reflector ring fits our Universal and 66 mm Series of 

ringlights. See chart below for part numbers. 

•• 

The A08616 reflector ring comes in two separate parts; the retaining ring 

and the reflector ring. The reflector ring drops inside the retaining ring 

which snap-fits onto the ringlight. 

•• 

The reflector ring is made of mirror polished aluminum. The retaining 

ring is made of aluminum with a black anodized finish. 


Part No. 

A08616 

Reflector Ring, A08616 

Ringlights 

A08600, A08603, A08604, A08620, 

A08625, A08680, A08600.1 



A08616 Ringlight Reflector Ring 

A08653 Ringlight Reflector Ring 

i-160

For accurate positioning when using fiber optic components in 

industrial and laboratory environments 


Holders, Clamp Rings, and Anti-slip Pads 

Part No. 

A08614 


Description 

Anti-slip Ringlight Clamps for ringlight 

models A08600, A08620. 

(3 clamps in package) 


Ringlight Support Apparatus 


Clamp(s) for 


A08600 and A22000 

ringlights and 

A08614,Set of 3 Clamps 

1.8 / 2.4” (47/62) 

A08614 

Clamps with Anti-slip Pads 

(Set of 3) 

Clamp(s) for 


A08603 ringlight and 

A08601, Set of 3 Clamps 

1.3 / 1.8” (33/46) 

Clamp(s) for 


A08604 ringlight, and 

A08602, Set of 3 Clamps 

2.4 / 3.2” (62/81) 

i-161





Single Bundle, A08031.60 

Flexible bundles give the user versatility when routing and positioning 

light. 


•• 

Tight bending radius for easy routing 

•• 

A variety of standard sizes. See chart below for 

part numbers and specifications. Dual and quad 

bundles are found on a separate page in the 

product catalog. 

•• 

The standard output ferrules accept spot lenses 

accept polarizing caps. (See the Accessories 

section of the product catalog for more details.) 

•• 

Standard input accepts Dichroic color filters, 

diffusers and ColdVision Series light sources. 

•• 

Support products are available in the Support 

Apparatus section of the product catalog. 

Adaptors may be required. 

•• 

Custom configurations are available. Additional 

lead time is required. 

Bundle 

Part No. 

Active Input 


Distal Ferrule 

Diameter 

Tubing 

Diameter 

Bundle 

Length 

A08020.40 .20” (5) .393” (10) .39” (10) 40” (1016) 

A08020.60 .20” (5) .393” (10) .39” (10) 60” (1524) 

A08025.40 .25” (6) .393” (10) .47” (12) 40” (1016) 

A08025.60 .25” (6) .393” (10) .47” (12) 60” (1524) 

A08031.40 .30” (8) .393” (10) .47” (12) 40” (1016) 

A08031.60 .30” (8) .393” (10) .47” (12) 60” (1524) 

A08031.80 .30” (8) .393” (10) .47” (12) 80” (2032) 

A08051.40 .51” (13) .625” (16) .75” (19) 40” (1016) 

A08051.60 .51” (13) .625” (16) .75” (19) 60” (1524) 

A21200 .40” (10) .507” (13) .69” (18) 30” (762) 


i-162



Bundle Sheathing: PVC Covered Metal Tubing 







A08020.40 - A08051.60 


A21200 

Bundle 


Matrix for A08020.40 - A08051.60 Bundles 

Part No. A B C Bend Radius D 

A08020.40 .20” (5) 40” (1016) .39” (10) .5” (13) .393” (10) 

A08020.60 .20” (5) 60” (1524) .39” (10) .5” (13) .393” (10) 

A08025.40 .25” (6) 40” (1016) .47” (12) .6” (15) .393” (10) 

A08025.60 .25” (6) 60” (1524) .47” (12) .6” (15) .393” (10) 

A08031.40 .30” (8) 40” (1016) .47” (12) .6” (15) .393” (10) 

A08031.60 .30” (8) 60” (1524) .47” (12) .6” (15) .393” (10) 

A08031.80 .30” (8) 80” (2032) .47” (12) .6” (15) .393” (10) 

A08051.40 .51” (13) 40” (1016) .75” (19) 1.4” (36) .625” (16) 

A08051.60 .51” (13) 60” (1524) .75” (19) 1.4” (36) .625” (16) 

A21200 .40” (10) 30” (762) .69” (18) 1.0” (25) .507” (13) 

i-163





Quad Bundle, A08545 


Flexible bundles give the user versatility when routing and positioning 

the light. 

•• 


•• 

A variety of standard sizes in dual and quad 

configurations (See chart below for dual and quad 

bundle part numbers and specifications.) 

•• 

Multi-leg bundles are illuminated with one light 

source. 

•• 


with or without polarizing caps. (See Accessories 


•• 

Standard input accepts Dichroic color filters, 

diffusers and ColdVision Series light sources. 

•• 

Support products are available in the Support 

Apparatus section of the product catalog. 

•• 

Custom configurations are available. Lead time is 

required. 

Dual Bundle, A08550.72 


Part No. 

Active Input 



Diameter 

Tubing 

Diameter 

Bundle 

Length 

Dual Bundles 

A08530 .30” (8) .393”(10) .40” (10) 40”(1016) 

A08540 .36” (9) .393” (10) .47” (12) 40”(1016) 

A08550 .43” (11) .393” (10) .47” (12) 40”(1016) 

A08550.72 .43” (11) .393” (10) .47” (12) 72” (1829) 

Quad Bundles 

A08545 .50” (13) .393” (10) .47” (12) 40” (1016) 


i-164










A08530 - A08550.72 

Dual Flexible Bundles 

A08545 

Quad Flexible Bundles 


Matrix for A08530 - A08550.72 Dual Bundles 


A08530 .30” (8) 40” (1016) .40” (10) .5” (13) .21” (5.3) 

A08540 .36” (9) 40” (1016) .47” (12) .6” (15) .25” (6.4) 

A08550 .43” (11) 40” (1016) .47” (12) .6” (15) .30” (7.6) 

A08550.72 .43” (11) 72” (1829) .47” (12) .6” (15) .30” (7.6) 

i-165




Randomized and 

Calibrated Bundles 


Designed to increase uniformity of light output for Machine Vision 

applications 

•• 

Fibers are randomized to improve spot uniformity. 

•• 

For specific uniformity requirements, calibrated 

outputs on dual and quad bundles were designed 

to be interchangeable for Machine Vision 

inspection applications. Interchangeability was 

achieved by maintaining light intensity within 

10% bundle to bundle. 

•• 

We assure consistency by adding a 12” (305)* 

randomized common end at the input. This extra 

12” (305) of fiber scrambles the light, distributing 

any hot or cold spots from the lamp throughout 

each of the legs. Then, each one of the legs is 

calibrated so the output from each leg is within 

5% of each other. 

•• 


•• 

A variety of standard sizes include single, dual, 

and quad configurations. See chart on left for 

part numbers and specifications. 

•• 

Multi-leg bundles are illuminated with one light 

source. 

•• 


with or without polarizing caps. (See Accessories 


•• 

Custom configurations are available. Lead time is 

required. 


Part No. Configuration 

Quad Randomized and Calibrated Bundle, A21045 

Active Input Fiber 

Diameter 

Single Randomized Bundle, A08031.40R 

Single Bundle, A08031.60R 


Diameter 

Tubing 

Diamter 

Bundle 

Length 

Randomized Bundles 

A08031.40R Single .30”(8) .393” (10) 47”(12) 40”(1016) 

A08031.60R Single .30”(8) .393” (10) 47”(12) 60”(1524) 

A08031.80R Single .30”(8) .393” (10) 47”(12) 80”(2032) 

Randomized and Calibrated Bundles - 12”(305) Common Bundle Length 

A21040 Dual .36” (9) .393” (10) .60” (15) 48”(1219) 

A21045 Quad .51” (13) .393” (10) .83” (21) 48”(1219) 

A21050 Dual .43” (11) .393” (10) .67” (17) 48”(1219) 



i-166










A08031.40R - A08031.80R 

Single Randomized Bundles 

A08545 

Quad Flexible Bundles 


A21040 & A21050 

Dual Randomized & 

CalibratedBundles 

Matrix for A08031.40R - A08031.80R 


A08031.40R .30” (78) 40” (1016) .47” (12) .6” (15) .393” (10) 

A08031.60R .30” (78) 60” (1524) .47” (12) .6” (15) .393” (10) 

A08031.80R .30” (78) 80” (2032) .47” (12) .6” (15) .393” (10) 

Matrix for A21040 & A21050 


A21040 .36” (9) 48” (1219) .60” (15) 1.0” (25) .25” (6.4) 

A21050 .43” (11) 48” (1219) .67” (17) 1.2” (30) .30” (7.6) 

i-167





Bundle Extender, A08035 

Extend the working length of standard fiber optic components using a 

SCHOTT bundle and these couplers 


•• 

Reduces the requirement for custom fiber optic lengths 

•• 

Provides the user with additional work space since the light source can be 

placed in a more remote area. 

•• 

Extends length of all standard SCHOTT ringlights, bundles, goosenecks, 

lightlines, and backlights* that have a .310” (8) or .510” (13) active fiber 

diameter 

- Use Part Number A08035 with A08031.40, A08031.40R, 

A08031.60,A08031.60R, A08031.80, A08031.80R to extend products 

with an active fiber diameter of .310” (8) or less. 

- Use Part Number A08055 with A08051.40 and A08051.60 to extend 

products with an active fiber diameter greater than .310” (8) but less 

than .510” (13). 

•• 

Black anodized aluminum with nylon tipped set screws 

PLEASE NOTE: Using a bundle extender results in a 30-40% light loss. If 

your application requires maximum intensity, we recommend ordering a 

modified standard component. 

*Backlight adapter, part number A08931 is required in order for the 

bundle extender to be used with SCHOTT standard backlights. 

Bundle Extender Nylon Tipped Set Screws 

Bundle Extender 

Bundle Extender Part No. Single Bundle Part No. 

A08035 A08031.40 

A08031.60 

A08031.80 

A08031.40R 

A08031.60R 

A08031.80R 

A08055 A08051.40 

A08051.60 



A08055 


A08035 


i-168

i-169






•• 

Made with chrome plated semi-obedient metal or black dekabon semirigid 

gooseneck tubing 

•• 

The standard output ferrules accept spot lenses with or without polarizing 

caps. (See Accessories section of the product catalog for details.) 

•• 

Model number A08575 is a dual focusing gooseneck that has 

permanently attached spot lenses. Easily focused by turning the knurled 

lens barrel(s). 

•• 

Custom configurations are available. Lead time is required. 

•• 

Precise positioning offers complete control of light placement. 

•• 

Gooseneck legs placed in opposing positions create near shadow-free 

illumination. 

•• 

Easily adjustable 

•• 

Dual models illuminate workspace with a single light source. 

Single Black Gooseneck, A08410 

Obedient, incident illumination for space constrained applications 

Dual Chrome Gooseneck, A08500 

i-170



Bundle Sheathing: Chrome or Black Decabon 







A08400 

Single Chrome Gooseneck 

A08500 

Dual Chrome Gooseneck 


A08575 

Dual Black Gooseneck 

A08410 

Single Black Gooseneck 

Goosenecks 

Part No. 

Tubing 

Distal 

Ferrule 

Diameter 

Active 

Input Fiber 

Diameter 

Gooseneck 

Tubing 

Diameter 

Gooseneck 

Length 

Single 

A08400 Chrome .20” (5) .393” (10) .47” (12) 18” (457) 

A08410 Black .20” (5) .393” (10) .47” (12) 30” (762) 

Dual 

A08500 Chrome .30” (8) .393” (10) .47” (12) 18”(457) 

A08575 Black .30” (8) .21” (5) .47” (12) 23” (584) 


i-171






•• 

The bundle sheathing is made of PVC covered metal tubing and the 

gooseneck is made of semi-obedient, chrome-plated metal gooseneck 

tubing. 

•• 

Bend radius of the chrome gooseneck tubing is 2-3” (51 - 76)*. 

•• 

The standard output ferrules accept spot lenses with or without polarizing 

caps. (See Accessories section of the product catalog for details.) 

•• 

Custom configurations are available. Lead time is required. 

•• 

Precise positioning of a spot of light 

•• 

Gooseneck legs placed in opposing positions create shadow-free 

illumination. 

•• 

Re-adjust with ease 

•• 

Dual models illuminate a workspace with a single light source. 

Combination Dual Gooseneck with Bundle, A08520 

Obedient, incident illumination for space constrained applications 

Combination Gooseneck, Bundle, and Bracket, 

A08512 for Olympus SZX Series Microscopes 

i-172




Gooseneck Sheathing: Chrome Plated Steel 







A08510 

Combination Gooseneck and Bundle 

A08512 



A08520 - A08520.60 


Combination Goosenecks and Bundles 

Part No. 

Active Input 

Fiber 

Active 

Output 

Fiber 

Diameter 

Bundle 

Tubing 

Diameter 

Gooseneck 

Tubing 

Diameter 

Bundle 

Length 

Diameter 

Gooseneck 

Length 

Combination Goosenecks and Bundle(s) 

A08510 .30” (8)* .21” (5) .47” (12) .46” (12) 17” (432) 8.5”(216) 

A08512 .30” (8) .21” (5) .47” (12) .46” (12) 29” (737) 17”(432) 

A08520 .30” (8) .21” (5) .47” (12) .46” (12) 30” (762) 18”(457) 

A08520.60 .30” (8) .21” (5) .47” (12) .46” (12) 60” (1524) 18”(457) 


i-173




Gooseneck & 

Bundle Support Apparatus 


For accurate positioning in both industrial and laboratory environments 


Part No. 

Dessccrripttion 

A08508 Bundle holder with .565” (14.4) dia. hole for all bundle diameters up to .51” (13). Has an M6 thread. 

Universal Post Clamps 

A08522 Ring for 18 mm post. Zeiss IVB Stereo, IB, III, IV, IVB 

A08523 Ring for 20 mm 

A08524 Ring for 24.5 mm 





Made-to-order products. A08508 

A08522 



A08522 

A08502 

Clamp Set 

A08522 - A08528 

Clamps 

i-174


Articulated Arm, A08505 

For accurate positioning when using fiber optic components in 

industrial and laboratory environments. 


Part 

No. 

A08505 

A08506 

A08507 

A08590 

A08591 

Description 

Articulated arm with M6 thread on one end (will attach to 

heavy base and V-clamp) and M8 thread on the other end 

which will fit our A08592 dual V-clamp. 

Articulated arm with M6 threads on both ends. Versatile 

accessory easily locked into place with only one knob. Can 

be used with our base and V-clamp and will accept all 

holders. 

3 1/2 lb. Base for attaching up to three support arms and/ 

or posts at once. M6 threads only. 

Spring Clamp with M6 thread. Industrial strength 

universal clamp that can be used with our articulated arms 

to hold bundles, light lines and other equipment. Secure 

to tabletops or other like sur faces. 

V-Clamp with two M6 threaded holes to use as a table 

clamp and will accept all our holders. 

Articulated Arm, A08506 

Base, A08507 

Spring Clamp, A08590 

Bundle Extender Nylon Tipped Set Screws 




A08505 & A08506 

Articulated Arms 

A08507 

Base 

A08590 

Spring Clamp 

A08591 

V-Clamp 

A08505: 3.5” (89) 

A08506: 4.5” (114) 

M6 thread 

A08505 has M8 thread 

A08506 has M6 thread 

A08505: 4.8” (122) 

A08506: 4.5” (114) 

i-175






Filters and Adapter 

•• 

Available in red, green, blue, yellow, and daylight. These Dichroic filters 

will not darken or alter spectral response over time, regardless of light 

intensity or duration. The daylight filter increases existing color 

temperature to approximately 3000 K when used with EKE, EJA, and DDL 

lamps at their rated voltages. 

•• 

Dichroic color filters reflect heat versus absorbing it, eliminating the need 

for a thermal expansion split. 

•• 

Clear anodized aluminum housing is used on the filters. Black anodized 

aluminum housing is used on the adapter. 

Diffusers 

•• 

Input lens diffuser, part number, A08086, homogenises beam with 

minimal light loss and minimizes black hole phenomenon from fiber 

bundles. 

•• 

Opal diffuser option, part number, A08087, creates the most uniform 

light - almost flat illumination, but reduces output by 40%. 

•• 

Diffusers fit on all ColdVision standard inputs. 

Spot Lenses 

•• 

Used on distal ends of goosenecks and bundles to focus the light 

Color Filters, A08070-A08074 

A08931 Color Filter Adapter 

A08087 & A08086 Input Lens Diffusers 

Spot lens models, A08080,A08084, A08082 

Polarizing cap, A08090, for spot lens, A08080 

i-176



A08070 - A08074 

Dichroic Color Filters 

A08086 

Input Lens Diffuser 

A08931 

Color Filter Adapter 

A08087 

Input Opal Diffuser 

A08080 

Spot Lens 

A08084 

Spot Lens 

A08082 

Small Spot Lens 

A08090 

Polarizing Cap 



Part No. 

First Spot 

Location 

First Spot 

Diameter 

Second Spot 

Location 

Second Spot 

Diameter 

A08080 40 mm 45 mm 80 mm 90 mm 

A08082 40 mm 30 mm 80 mm 60 mm 

A08084 40 mm 30 mm 80 mm 60 mm 

•• 

Polarizing cap, part number, A08090, is available for spot lens model, A08080, to 

eliminate glare and reflections. Five spare polarizing discs are included with the 

product. 

Part 

No. 

Description 

Dichroic Color Filters & Adapter 

A08070 Blue A08073 Red A08931 Color Filter Adapter 

A08071 Green A08074 Daylight 

A08072 Yellow A08075 UV Filter, Cut-off 

Diffusers 

A08086 Input lens diffuser 

A08087 Input opal diffuser 

Spot Lenses 

A08080 Spot lens for std. bundles except A08051.40 & A08051.60 

A08082 Small spot lens for std. bundles except A08051.40 & A08051.60 

A08084 Spot lens for models A08051.40 & A08051.60 

Polarizing Cap (for A08080) 

A08090 Polarizing cap for A08080 (fits on A08575) 

i-177





1" (25) Dual Lightline, A08579 


Alternative to round fiber optic bundles for narrower and elongated 

illumination for Microscopy and Inspection applications 

•• 

Small, uniform field of view 

•• 

Narrow body design and offset position of the line on 1" (25) and 2" (51) 

bodies allows close positioning for darkfield effect. 

•• 

3"(76)* models are calibrated with DDL-bulb to ±8 gray scale levels at a 

mean of 200 with a gamma setting of 1.0 to deliver optimum uniformity 

(see chart). Uniformity of 1"(25) and 2"(51) lines is better than ±8 gray 

scales. Refer to section25.02.01 for more information on uniformity of 

fiber optic products. 

•• 

Standard input ferrule fits ColdVision Series light sources. Can also be 

used with strobes. 

•• 

Rugged aluminum body and light source ferrule with black anodized 

finish. PVC covered metal tubing protects the fiber bundle. 

•• 

M6 threads are provided on the 1"(25) and 2"(51) lightline bodies for 

easy mounting. See drawing on back. 

•• 

Lightline holders and support products available in Support Apparatus for 

Lightlines section of the product catalog 

•• 

Custom lengths, bundle exits, multiple combinations (dual, quad, etc.) 

and line widths can be designed for your unique requirements. In 

addition, combine lightlines with other fiber optic components in a single 

input to create unique lighting effects. Lead-time required. 

•• 

Cylindrical and apertured lenses are available as standard products for 

most lightline models. They can be custom made for all models. 

One leg of Dual or Quad 3" (76) Lightline with 

Cylindrical Lens 

i-178


Input: Black Anodized Aluminum 

Body: Black Anodized Aluminum 

Sheathing: PVC Covered Metal Tubing 







A08588 & A08589 

Single Lightlines 

A08579 & A08583 

Dual Lightlines 

A08580 

Dual Lightline 

A08584 

Quad Lightline 


Lightlines, 1", 2", & 3" and Lenses 

Part No. 

Line Dimensions Input 

Part No. for Lens 

Gray Scale 

Active 

Uniformity^ 

Length x Width Fiber Dia. 

Cylindrical Apertured 

Single line configuration w/36” bundle length 

A08588 1” x .070” (25 x 1.8)* .30” (7.6) < ± 8 A08571 A08573 

A08589 2” x .035” (51 x .89) .30” (7.6) < ± 8 A08572 A08574 

Dual line configuration w/36” bundle length 

A08579 1” x .070” (25 x 1.8) .43” (10.9) < ± 8 A08571 A08573 

A08583 2” x .035” (51 x .89) .43” (10.9) < ± 8 A08572 A08574 

A08580 3” x .018” (76 X .46) .36” (9.1) ± 8 A08582 Custom 

Quad line configuration w/36” bundle length 

A08584 3” x .018” (76 X .46) .51” (13.0) ± 8 A08582 Custom 


^ Gamma setting of 1.0 


Matrix for A08588 & A08589 Lightlines 

Part No. A B C D E F G 

A08588 1”(25) .07”(1.8) 1.25”(31.8) 38”(965.2) .16”(4.1) 1.1”(28) 2”(50.8) 

A08589 2”(51) .035”(.89) 2.25”(57.2) 38.5”(978) .16”(4.1) 2.1”(53) 2.5”(63.5) 

Matrix for A08579 & A08583 Lightlines 

Part No. A B C D E F G 

A08579 1”(25) .07” (1.8) 1.25”(31.8) 38”(965.2) .16”(4.1) 1.1”(28) 2”(50.8) 

A08583 2”(51) .035”(.89) 2.25”(57.2) 38.5”(978) .16”(4.1) 2.1”(53) 2.5”(63.5) 

i-179




Lightlines 

12” Lightline, A08912 

Uniform lines of light ideal for Machine Vision and line scan applications 

Lightlines 

• Calibrated with DDL-bulb to a specified number of gray scale levels (see 

chart below) at a mean of 200 with a gamma setting of 1.0 to deliver 

optimum uniformity. Refer to section 25.02.01 for information on 

uniformity of fiber optic products. 

• Assembly method accurately positions the fiber line within the body on 

all three planes, to a tolerance of ± .004”(0.1)†. The technique assures the 

fiber axis will be parallel with the mounting surface of the body. 

• Fiber bundle exit locations include back-side (standard exit), back-center, 

and true-side 

• Standard input ferrule fits ColdVision Series light sources. 

Can also be used with strobes. 

• Rugged aluminum body with black anodized finish 

• PVC covered metal or stainless steel tubing protect the fiber bundle. 

• Lightline holders and support products available 

• Custom lengths, bundle exits, line widths, and multiple combinations 

(dual, quad, etc.) can be designed for your unique requirements. Lead 

time required. 

• Cylindrical and apertured lenses are available as standard products for 


Dual Lightines, A08975 

Apertured Lens, A08806, Cylindrical Lens, A08826 

i-180

Lightlines 





A08903 – A08916 

Lightlines 






A08975 

Dual Lightline 

Lightlines 

Lightlines and Lenses 

Part No. 

Line Dimensions Input 

P/N Lens 

Gray Scale 

Active 

Length x Width Uniformity^ 

Fiber Dia. 


Single line configuration w/30”bundle length and back-side single exit 

A08903 3” x .040” (76 x 1.02) .39” (10)† ± 8 A08823 A08803 

A08904 4” x .036” (102 x .91) .43” (11) ± 8 A08824 A08804 

A08905 5” x .040” (127 x 1.02) .51” (13) ± 8 A08825 A08805 

A08906 6” x .033” (152 x .84) .51” (13) ± 8 A08826 A08806 

A08907* 7” x .029” (178 x .74) .51” (13) ± 8 A08827 Custom 

A08908 8” x .025” (203 x .64) .51” (13) ± 8 A08828 A08808 

A08909* 9” x .022” (229 x .56) .51” (13) ± 8 A08829 Custom 

A08910 10” x .020” (254 x .51) .51” (13) ± 8 A08830 A08810 

A08911* 11” x .018” (279 x .46) .51” (13) ± 8 A08831 Custom 

A08912 12” x .016” (305 x .41) .51” (13) ± 8 A08832 A08812 

A08913* 13” x .015” (330 x .38) .51” (13) ± 10 A08833 Custom 

Custom 14” x .014” (356 x .36) .51*(13) ± 10 A08834 Custom 

A08915* 15” x .013” (381 x .33) .51” (13) ± 10 A08835 Custom 

A08916 16” x .012” (406 x .30) .51” (13) ± 10 A08836 A08816 

Dual line configuration w/true-side bundle exit (see photo above) 

A08975 6” x.022” (152 x .56) .58” (16) ± 8 A08826 A08806 


* Items are made to order, and may require additional 

3-4 weeks delivery.^ Gamma setting of 1.0 

†Dimensions in ( ) are in mm 

Matrix for A08903 - A08916 Lightline Drawing 

Part No. A B C D E F 

A08903 3” (76) .040” (1.0) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 1.5” (39) n/a 

A08904 4” (102) .036” (.91) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 2.5” (64) n/a 

A08905 5” (127) .040” (1.02) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 3.5” (89) n/a 

A08906 6” (152) .033” (.84) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 4.5” (114) n/a 

A08907 7” (178) .029” (.74) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 5.5” (140) n/a 

A08908 8” (203) .025” (.64) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 6.5” (165) n/a 

A08909 9” (229) .022” (.56) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 7.5” (191) n/a 

A08910 10” (254) .020” (.51) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 8.5” (216) n/a 

A08911 11” (279) .018” (.46) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 9.5” (241) n/a 

A08912 12” (305) .016” (.41) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 10.5” (267) n/a 

A08913 13” (330) .015” (.38) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 6.13” (156) 11.5”(292) 

Custom 14” (336) .014” (.38) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 6.63” (168) 12.5”(316) 

A08915 15” (381) .013” (.33) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 7.13” (181) 13.5”(343) 

A08916 16” (406) .012” (.30) 30” (762) .75” (19.1) 7.63” (194) 14.5”(368) 

i-181






• Manufactured using a patented process called spatial randomization. The 

process allows light from each input to be distributed over the entire 

length of the line. Therefore, should a light source fail while using 

multiple inputs, intensity is evenly reduced over the length of the line, 

rather than losing all light in a section of the line. 

• Calibrated to ±15 gray scale levels at a mean of 200 with a gamma 

setting of 1.0 to deliver optimum uniformity. Refer to section 25.02.01for 

information on uniformity of fiber optic products. 

• Assembly method accurately positions the fiber line within the body on 

all three planes, to a tolerance of ± .004" (.1)*. The technique assures the 

fiber axis will be parallel with the mounting surface of the body. 

• Standard input ferrule fits ColdVision Series light sources. 

Can also be used with strobes. 

• The 24" (610) lightline accepts our dichroic filters and diffusers. To use 

color filters on the 40" (1016) line, part number A08931, color filter 

adapter, is required. 

• Rugged aluminum body with a black anodized finish 

• Stainless steel tubing protects the fiber bundle. 

• Cylindrical lenses are available. They are designed to collect light exiting 

the lightline to increase intensity up to a factor of 10. 

• Custom length, bundle exits, line widths and configuration are available. 

(Additional lead time required) 

Continuous Lightline, A08940 

A patented exclusive! 24" and 40" lines of for web and line scanning applications 

Continuous Lightine, A08964 

i-182




Sheathing: Stainless Steel Covered Metal Tubing 







A08940 

40” (1016) Lightline 

A08964 

24” (610) Lightline 

Global Report 

Example of Line Scan Results 


Histogram 

Lightlines and Lenses 

Part No. 

Line Dimensions 

Length x Width 

Input Active 

Fiber Dia. 

Gray Scale 

Uniformity 

Bundle 

Length 

Part No. for Lens 


A08940 40”x.015” (1016x.38) .62” (16)* ± 15 30” (762) A08860 Custom 

A08964 24”x.022” (610x.56) .57” (14) ± 15 40” (1016) A08864 Custom 


i-183





Engineered and designed to emit light at a 45° angle along the length of the line 


•• 

The output fibers are angled 30° to the nosepiece, as a result 

they are polished on a bias, which causes emitted light to exit at 

45° to the nosepiece. The line can be positioned off-axis to the 

object, illuminate the field-of-view without loss of uniformity, 

while avoiding interference with the camera; an important 

consideration in space constrained systems. 

•• 

Useful for illuminating a rectangular surface area where the 

features are perpendicular to the line body. 

•• 

Standard input ferrule fits ColdVision Series light sources. Can 

also be used with strobes. 

•• 

The lightline is calibrated to ± 8 gray scales at a mean of 200 

with a gamma setting of 1.0, for optimum uniformity with 

DDL-lamp. 

•• 

Assembly method accurately positions the fiber line within the 

body on all three planes, to a tolerance of ± .004"(.102). The 

technique assures the fiber axis will be parallel with the 

mounting surface of the body. 

•• 

Rugged aluminum body with black anodized finish 

•• 

PVC covered metal tubing protects the fiber bundle. 

•• 

Refer to section 25.02.01 for more information on uniformity of 

fiber optic products. 

•• 

Custom configurations can be engineered for unique 

requirements. 

•• 

The cylindrical and apertured lenses are adjustable and easy to 

attach. 






6" (152), 45 º Lightline 


Part No. 

Line Dimensions Input Active Gray Scale Part No. for Lens 

Length x Width Fiber Dia. Uniformity^ Cylindrical Apertured 

Custom 6” x .039” (152 x 1.0) .51” (13) ±8 Custom Custom 

i-184


Cylindrical and apertured lenses, A08806 & A08826 

Cylindrical and apertured lenses for 1" to 16" lightlines 

•• 

Cylindrical and apertured lenses are available as standard products for 


•• 

Cylindrical lens attachments are designed to collect light exiting the 

lightline to increase intensity up to a factor of 10. 

•• 

Apertured lens attachments are designed to project a more collimated 

line of light, not to increase light intensity. 

•• 

The lenses are adjustable and easily attach to SCHOTT lightlines. 

•• 

Custom length and configurations are available. Lead time is required. 


A08571 

Cylindrical and Apertured Lenses 

A08824, A08826, A08832 

Cylindrical Lenses 


A08806 

Apertured Lenses 

3” (76 mm) Lightline with A08582 Cylindrical Lens 

Lenses and Polarizer Kits 

Lightline 

Lens Part No. 

Part No. Cylindrical Apertured 

1”, 2”, & 3” Lightlines 

A08579 A08571 Custom 

A08580 A08582 Custom 

A08583 A08572 Custom 

A08584 A08572 Custom 

A08588 A08571 Custom 

A08589 A08572 Custom 

3” to 16” Continuous Lightlines 

A08903 A08823 Custom 

A08904 A08824 Custom 

A08905 A08825 Custom 

A08906 A08826 Custom 

A08907 A08827 Custom 

A08908 A08828 Custom 

A08909 A08829 Custom 

A08910 A08830 Custom 

A08911 A08831 Custom 

A08912 A08832 Custom 

A08913 A08833 Custom 

A08914 A08834 Custom 

A08915 A08835 Custom 

A08916 A08836 Custom 

A08975 A08826 A08806 

24” to 40” Continuous Lightlines 

A08940 A08860 Custom 

A08964 A08864 Custom 

45 Degree Lightline 

Custom Custom Custom 



i-185





C 

B 


(A) Lightline polarizer assembly, A08845, 

(B) Polarizer affixed to a 5" lightline, (C) Polarizer 

affixed to a cylindrical lens on a lightline 

•• 

Developed for use with 3" to 16" (227 to 406 mm) lightlines to enhance 

contrast on highly reflective surfaces for area and line scanning 

applications. 

•• 

Easily mount on SCHOTT lightlines alone or with cylindrical and 

apertured lenses affixed to the lightline. 

•• 

The polarizer(s) should be used with an analyzer supplied by the customer. 

The analyzer is typically attached to the camera objective. 

•• 

Two polarizers are included in the kit; one polarizes in the horizontal axis 

and the other polarizes in the vertical axis. 

•• 

Custom length configurations are available. Lead time is required. 

A 

Linear Polarizer Kits 

Lightline Part No. Polarizer Kits Part No. 

A08903 

Custom 

A08904 A08844 

A08906 

Custom 

A08908 

Custom 

A08910 

Custom 

A08912 

Custom 

A08914 

Custom 

A08916 

Custom 

A08975 

Custom 




A08843 - A08856 

Polarizers 

i-186


A08901 

A08903 

A08506 

3" Lightline, A08903, with Holder, A08901, 

supported by an articulated arm, A08506, 

and base, A08507 

A08507 

For accurate positioning in both industrial and laboratory environments 


Part No. 

A08901 

Description 

Lightline holder with M6 thread. Will support 

3” (76) to 10” (254) single lightlines when attached to an articulated ard and base. 


Lightline Holder, A08901 



A08901 

Holder 

Quad Holder 

i-187





8” x 8” Backlight, A08927 


Patented SCHOTT Backlights are calibrated to provide bright, even 

illumination for Microscopy and Machine Vision applications. 

•• 

Calibrated with DDL-bulb from ±13 to ±15 gray scale levels at a mean of 

200, gamma setting of 1.0, using a patented process to create diffuse, 

uniform illumination within the active area. Uniformity scans are available 

upon request. 

•• 

The white acrylic diffuser plate provides the optimum combination of 

uniformity and intensity. The backlight housing is made of rugged, black 

anodized aluminum. The plastic fiber bundle is protected with flexible 

PVC covered metal tubing. 

•• 

Use with strobes and ColdVision Series light sources. Other sources, 

particularly those without an IR filter, may damage the plastic fibers. 

•• 

ColdVision dichroic color filters can be used on the products in 

conjunction with the A08931 backlight color filter adapter (see photo to 

left). More details can also be found in the Fiber Optic Accessory section 

of the product catalog. 

•• 

IR - Filter in every unit 

•• 

Compact, low profile housing fits in small spaces. 

•• 

Can be used to create a crisp edge definition, or soft, diffuse incident 

light 

•• 

Dual and quad backlights increase lighting versatility. Additional 

combinations and sizes can be custom ordered. 

Dual 2” x 2” Backlight, A08922 

IR Filter A08921 with measurements 

i-188




Max Fiber Temperature: 70° 


A08920, A08923, & A08925 

Single Backlights 

A08927 

8” x 8” Backlight 

Warning : The IR filter on the 

input protects the fibers from 

damage caused by IR absorption. 

A08922, A08924, & A08926 

Dual Backlights 

Backlights 

Part No. 

Active Area 

Single Configuration 

A08920 

2” x 2” 

(51 x 51) 

A08923 

3” x 3” 

(76 x 76) 

A08925 

4” x 4.88” 

(102 x 124) 

A08927 

8” x 8” 

(203 x 203) 

Dual Configuration 

A08922 

2” x 2” 

(51 x 51) 

A08926 

4” X 4.88” 

(102 X 124) 

Housing Dimensions 

4” x 2.6” x .59” 

(102 x 66 x 14.9) 

6” x 3.5” x .75” 

(152 x 89 x 16) 

9” x 5” x .78” 

(229 x 127 x 19.7) 

12” x 9” x 1” 

(305 x 229 x 25.4) 

4” x 2.6” x .59” 

(102 x 66 x 14.9) 

9” X 5” X .78” 

(229 X 127 X 19.7) 

Gray Scales 

Bundle 

Length 

Common 

Bundle Length 

±13 40” (1016) N/A 

±13 40” (1016) N/A 

±13 40” (1016) N/A 

±15 40” (1016) N/A 

±13 42” (1067) 10” (254) 

±13 37” (940) 10” (254) 


Matrix for Single and Dual Backlights 

Part No. Housing Dimensions LX W X H Active Area Overall Bundle Length 

Ref. Letter A, B, C D E 

A08920 4”x2.6”X.59” (102x66x14.9) 2”X2” (51x51) 40” (1016) 

A08922 4”x2.6”x.59” (102x66x14.9) 2”x2” (51x51) 42” (1067) 

A08923 6”x3.5”x.75” (152x89x19.1) 3”x3” (76x76) 40” (1016) 

A08924 6”x3.5”x.75” (152x89x15.9) 3”x3” (76x76) 40” (1016) 

A08925 9”x5”x.78” (229x127x19.7) 4”x4.88” (102x124) 37” (940) 

A08926 9”x5”x7.8’’ (229x127x19.8) 4”x4.88” (102x124) 37” (940) 

Matrix for Single and Dual Backlights (Continuation) 

Part No. 

Common 

Bundle 

Length 

Active 

Input 

Dia. 

Ferrule 

Dia 

Coupler 

Dia 

Tubing 

Dia 

Top Mounting 

Hole Location 

Top Mounting Hole 

Dimensions 

Side Mounting 

Hole Location 

Side Mounting Hole 

Dimensions 

Bend 

Radius 

Ref. Letter F G H I JK L/M 

THRU/DIA/C’BORE 

DIA/DEPTH 

N/P/Q 

THREAD/DEPTH 

A08920 

N/A 

.28” 

(7.0) 

.87” 

(22.1) 

N/A 

.47” 

(12) 

.225”/.225” 

(5.72/5.72) 

.156”/.25”/.150” 

(4.0/6.4/3.8) 

28”/.20”/2.50” 

(7.2/5.1/63.5) 

#4-40 UNC 2A/.38 

(9.6) 

.6” (15) 

A08922 

10” 

(254) 

.39” 

(9.9) 

.87” 

(22.1) 

1.38” 

(34.9) 

.47”/.67” 

(12/17) 

.225”/.225” 

(5.72/5.72) 

.156”/.25”/.150” 

(4.0/6.4/3.8) 

.28”/.20”/2.50” 

(7.16/5.1/63.5) 

#4-40 UNC 2A/.38 

(9.6) 

.6”/1.2” 

(15)/(30) 

A08923 

N/A 

.32” 

(8.1) 

.87” 

(22.1) 

N/A 

.60” 

(15) 

.187”/.187” 

(4.75/4.75) 

.177”/.28”/.165” 

4.5/7.1/4.2 

.32”/100”/5.00” 

(8.1/25.4/127) 

#6-32/.25” (6.4) 1” (25) 

A08925 

N/A 

.39” 

(9.9) 

.87” 

(22.1) 

N/A 

.68” 

(17.3) 

.425”/.425’ 

(10.80/10.80) 

.250”/.50”/.300” 

(6.4/12.7/7.6) 

.36”/.20”/5.75” 

(9.1/5.08/151) 

#6-32 UNC2A/.38 

(9.6) 

1” (25) 

A08926 

10” 

(254) 

.55” 

(13.8) 

.98” 

(24.9) 

1.50” 

(38.1) 

.68”/.83” 

(17/21) 

.425”/.425” 

(10.80/10.80) 

.250”/.50”/5.00” 

(6.4/12.7/7.6) 

.36”/.20”/5.75” 

(9.1/5.08/146) 

#6-32 UNC 

2A/.38” (9.6) 

1/1.5” 

(25)/(38) 

i-189




PANELite ® Backlights 

A23010 

A23000 

A23020 


A versatile addition to the extensive line of our patented backlights 

•• 

Patented process creates diffuse, uniform† illumination within the active area. 

•• 

Slim profile to fit the most restrictive space requirements 

•• 

Same dependable performance built into three standard configurations 

•• 

Flexible panel (A23000) can create a seamless, curved background. 

•• 

When used with a curved diffuser (customer supplied), the PANELite ® 

backlight is ideal for multiple camera inspection of cylindrical surfaces. 

•• 

PANELite ® backlight, A23000 can be trimmed to final size. 

•• 

Use with strobes and ColdVision Series light sources. Other sources, 

particularly those without an IR filter, may damage the plastic fibers. 

•• 

All our dichroic color filters can be used on the products in conjunction 

with the A08931 backlight color filter adapter. More details can also be 

found in the Fiber Optic Accessory section of the product catalog. 

•• 

40” (1016)* flexible fiber bundle 

•• 

Economical - works without a housing 

•• 

IR filter on every unit 

PANELite ® Backlight with adhesive back, A23000 

Note: Uniformity Tolerances varies with size of active area. See technical specifications on reverse side. 

Special Configuration 

•• 

PANELite ® backlights can be manufactured with different active areas, 

placement of outputs and mounting hole locations. Lead time required. 

Call for a custom quote. 


•• 

Glass inspection 

•• 

Photography 

• Edge detection 

• Instrumentation display 

i-190



Transmits visible light - from 400nm to 700nm 

Temperature limit 0° to 70°C 

Uniformity Specification 

•• 

Area of calibration is 3”x 5” (76 x 127) 

•• 

Calibrated to ±15 gray scale levels at a mean of 200, gamma setting of 1.0 

•• 

Tested with a .118”(3mm) white acrylic plate, spaced .3” (7.6) from panel. (Call 

manufacturer for set up specification) 

Please Note: A .3” (7.62) border does not meet this specification on panels larger than 

1.5” x 1.5” (38x38). Uniformity specification for custom panels smaller than 1.5” x 

1.5” (38 x 38) or larger than 4” x 6” (102 x 152) will be provided with quote. 

Warning : This product contains plastic 

fibers. To avoid fiber damage use only with 

SCHOTT or other approved light sources. 

Do not use input filters or diffusers without 

a SCHOTT adapter. Thermal transfer may 

cause damage to the fibers. All PANELite ® 

Backlights have permanent input IR filters 

which must be kept clean. Clean panels 

with isopropanol only. OTHER SOLVENTS 

will damage the fiber and affect uniformity. 

A23000 

PANELite ® Backlight 

Bending Radius 

The A23000 PANELite ® backlight can be trimmed in 

either direction with a good pair of scissors. 

NOTE: Trimming affects uniformity in the corners 

along the trimmed edge. 

Do not bend parallel to 

fiber direction. 

A23010 


A23020 



All standard PANELite ® backlight configurations have the same input dimensions. 


Part No. 

A23000 

A23010 

A23020 

Options 

A08931 

Description 

Flexible, adhesive back 

Non-flexible, black 

anodized aluminum back 

Non-flexible, black 

anondized aluminum plate 

with acrylic diffuser plate 

Color filter adapter 

Calibrated 

Area 

3” x 5” 

(76 x 127)* 

3” x 5” 

(76 x 127) 

3” x 5” 

(76 x 127) 

Panel Size 

4” x 6” 

(102 x 152) 

4.8” x 9” 

(122 x 229) 

4.8” x 9” 

(122 x 229) 

Overall 

Thickness 

.05” (1.3) 

.09” (2.3) 

.5” (12.7) 

Fits backlight light source adapters with 

.718” (18.2) diameter input size 

i-191




Input Adapters 

For DCR ® Series and ACE ® Series Light Sources 

SCHOTT provides a series of adapter bushings which fit into the DCR ® Series and ACE ® Series light sources. 

The corresponding ferrule sizes they will accept, are shown below. The bushing attaches to the fiber bundle ferrule 

with a set screw. The bundle is then inserted into the light source receptacle. These adapters guarantee proper fiber 

bundle positioning in the focal plane of the lamp to receive the maximum light output. 


PartNumber Adapter Ferrule 


A08009 

Volpi 

A08010 

A08013 

SCHOTT KL Series 



i-192

i-193




Fiber Specifications 

A2 Fiber 

B3 Fiber 

Material: 

Glass 

Material: 

Glass 

Characteristics: 

High transmission, performs best in the visible spectrum, large 

aperture angle and low color shift 


Excellent transmission, performs best in visible spectrum, high 

acceptance angle and extremely colorless. 

Specifications: Numerical Aperture NA: 0.64 

Acceptance angle: 80° 

Color temperature (D 65 illumination): 5475K 

Fiber diameter (μm): 30,50,70 

Bundle length (M): 10 

Specifications: Numerical Aperture NA: 0.54 


Color temperature (D 65 illumination) : 5870 K 

Fiber diameter (μm): 30,50,70 


Note: Longer lengths available upon request 

Spectral Transmission for 1 M Bundle, 

Fiber Type A2 


Fiber Type B3 

Transmission (%) 

80 

70 

60 

End tips hot fused 

50 

End tips glued 

40 


30 

20 

10 

0 

200 

400 

600 

800 

FDS Fibers 

1000 

1200 

1400 


1600 

1800 

2000 

2200 

2400 

FDS Fibers 

Material: 

Fluorine Doped Fused Silica (FDS) 

Material: 

Fluorine Doped Fused Silica (FDS) 


Low OH. Performs good in UV spectrum, but better in the IR. 


High OH. Performs best in the UV spectrum. 

Specifications: Numerical Aperture NA: 0.22 (+/-.02) 

Acceptance angle: 25° (+/-2°) 

Fiber diameter (μm): 240 

Bundle length: 

Quoted 

Specifications: Numerical Aperture NA: 0.22 (+/-.02) 

Acceptance angle: 25° (+/-2°) 

Fiber diameter (μm): 107, 240 


Quoted 


Fiber Type FDS Low OH 


Fiber Type FDS High OH 

i-194

W Fiber 

Material: 


Glass 

Used for the visible region of the spectrum when a wide aperture 

angle is required. 

Specifications: Numerical Aperture: 0.87 


Color temperature (D 65 illumination): 4700 K 

Fiber Diameter (μm): 30 


Note: Longer lengths available upon request 


Fiber Type W 

PCS Fiber 

PCS Fiber 


Material: 

Plastic Clad Silica (PCS) 

Material: 

Plastic Clad Silica (PCS) 


High OH. Performs good in visible spectrum. Economic alternative 

to Fused Doped Silica. 


Low OH. Performs good across UV, visible, and IR spectrum. 

Economic alternative to Fused Dope Silica. 

Specifications: Numerical Aperture NA: Short Lengths (40 M) 0.30 

Acceptance angle: Short 47° 

Long 35° 



Quoted 

Specifications: Numerical Aperture NA: Short Lengths (40 M) 0.30 

Acceptance angle: Short 47° 

Long 35° 



Quoted 


Fiber Type PCS High OH 


Fiber Type PCS Low OH 

i-195




Fiber Characteristics 

Fiber Composition 

Most optical fibers consist of two different types of optically 

transmittive materials. The core, about 75-90% of the fiber depending 

on the fiber diameter, has a higher refractive index than the cladding. 

This creates a reflecting interface between core and cladding which 

keeps the light within the core due to total reflection. 

Most optical fibers are made from glass, plastic or synthetic fused silica 

(often refered to as "quartz"). Each fiber has different properties 

producing various advantages. Due to their low attenuation silica fibers 

are commonly used in data communication. Glass is still the best 

choice for illumination and sensing applications, due to a reasonale 

cost-benefit ratio. Plastic fibers can be used for assemblies not 

requiring heat above 175°F/80°C. Single plastic fibers are usually larger 

in diameter than glass fibers, which results in restricted bending radii. 


Numerical Aperture 

The sketch above shows a typical fiber. The core has a refractive index 

of N1 and the cladding an index of N2. Light enters the fiber at angle 

A and is transmitted through the fiber. If the angle A is too large, the 

light will not be transmitted. We call the angle beyond which the light 

cannot be carried through the fiber the Critical Angle. This is 

calculated using the two refraction indices. The sine of the Critical 

Angle is the Numerical Aperture or NA The Acceptance Angle of the 

fiber is two times the Critical Angle. 

NA = 

(N 1) 

2 - (N ) 

2 2 

f # = 1/2 NA 

EXAMPLE: If N1 is 1.62 and N2 is 1.52, the NA will be .56 which 

equals a Critical Angle of 34° and an Acceptance Angle of 68°. 

The f number/equivalent will be f/0.89. 

Optical fibers tend to preserve the angle of incidence during the light 

transmission and therefore in the figure above, the angle A is shown at 

both the entrance and exit ends of the fiber. The sketch below shows a 

typical projecting lamp illuminating a fiber bundle. The angle A is the 

Acceptance Angle of a .25 NA fiber (29°). Angle B is the Incident Angle 

from the lamp and angle C is the Acceptance Angle of a .66 NA fiber 

(83°). 

i-196

The calculated minimum NA. required for the 45° Angle of Incidence is 

.38. Therefore, a fiber with an NA. of .66 will accept all of the light 

from the lamp, but the output angle will only be 45° and not the 83° 

which might be expected. However, the .25 NA. fiber which cannot 

accept all of the light, will have an output angle of 20°. Using a low NA. 

fiber will not focus the light from a lamp because it can’t receive any 

light beyond its Critical Angle and therefore has a narrow output cone. 

Multicomponent glass fibers typically reach NA values up to 0.9, 

whereas quartz silica fibers typically do not exceed 0.4 NA values. 

Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers 

High quality optical glass (crown and flint glass) is used for the light 

transmitting core and an optical glass with a different refractive index 

for the cladding. Wavelengths between 400 and 900 nm are 

transmitted uniformly, with only minor variations. 

In this range SCHOTT's standard multicomponent glass fibers (A2, B3) 

have attenuation levels between 150 and 300 dB/km. Transmission in 

the UV range is very low and wavelengths below 350 nm are not 

transmitted. However, the near infrared range (0.8 μm to 1.3 μm) is 

transmitted very well by glass fibers. At 1.4 micron, all fibers except 

those specifically designed for IR transmission, show a significant drop 

in transmission due to OH-Absorption within the glass. In the range 

from 1.4 up to 2.0 μm specifically designed glass fibers for IRtransmission 

can be used. 

For improved transmission over the entire range from 250 nm up to 3.0 

μm quartz (fused silica) fibers are the best choice, but have a lower NA. 


Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fiber Bundles 

Although specific information on the performance of a single fiber is 

valuable, it is important to understand how optical fibers perform when 

manufactured into bundles. Due to total reflection, a portion of the 

light will be reflected at the polished glass surface of the fiber at the 

entrance as well as the exit. In addition, the interstitial gaps between 

the fibers, usually filled with epoxy glue, will not transmit any light. The 

losses due to these two effects can be estimated at appoximately 25 % 

-30 %, depending on the polishing quality. The loss of the interstitial 

gaps can be reduced by hotfusing the entrance end instead of glueing 

the fibers together. Thus, transmission can be increased up to 15 %. In 

addition, transmission loss will be caused with increasing length of the 

lightguide. A 3-foot/1m lightguide will transmit approximately 60% of 

the light emitted by the lamp towards the fiber bundle within the NA. 

A 10-foot/3m light guide will transmit about 55% of the light and a 

30-foot/10 meter lightguide roughly of 40 %. 

i-197




Uniformity of Fiber Optic Products 

SCHOTT North America, Inc. manufactures two product lines which 

require a uniformity specification across a given area: lightlines, also 

referred to as spot to line converters, or cross-section transformers and 

backlights. 

The uniformity of lightlines and backlights can be evaluated utilizing a 

Machine Vision System: 

· CCD area scan camera 

· a framegrabber card 

· image analysis software. 

Uniformity of Fiber Optic Products 

Backlights 

The backlight is placed directly under the camera at a defined distance 

based on the size of the active area. The camera will be focussed onto 

the top surface of the backlight diffuser. Then the uniformity is 

measured by using an area of interest (AOI) histogram. The AOI will be 

slightly smaller than the active area to compensate for edge fall-off. 

The light source used for backlight calibration is a DCR ® III with an EKE 

lamp. 

Lightlines 

Lightlines smaller than 16" (406 mm) in length are mounted on a 45 

degree angle fixture. The fixture has a diffuser plate which is located 

.5" (13 mm) above the fiber line. The line is projected onto the diffuser 

plate, which is positioned directly below an area scan camera. The 

distance from the camera to the diffuser is determined by line length 

but is approximately 24" (610 mm). The camera's focus is adjusted to 

the top surface of the diffuser. The uniformity is then measured by 

taking a line profile of the image. The line profile will be approximately 

.5"-1" (13 mm-25 mm) shorter than the product to compensate for 

fall-off. The light source used for lightline calibration is a DCR ® III with 

a DDL lamp. The above information is an overview of our calibration 

process. 

Using these set-ups, backlights and lightlines will be calibrated to 

predefined uniformity values. Details are provided on the individual 

data sheets. 

i-198

Lamp Intensity versus Lamp Life 

Halogen Bulbs 

All SCHOTT Halogen cold light sources (including the ACE ® , DCR ® III, 

KL 1500 LCD, KL 2500 LCD and KL 200) allow the user to adjust light 

intensity from zero to the full rated voltage of the lamp. However, 

voltage to the lamp effects lamp life. As a rule of thumb, a 10% 

reduction in voltage of most halogen lamps increases the anticipated 

life time to 400%. SCHOTT recommends using the minimum intensity 

setting needed to maximize the life of the lamp. 

The Halogen Cycle is the operating principle of all Quartz Halogen 

lamps. At full voltage, the temperature of the glass envelope is hot 

enough to keep evaporated tungsten (thrown off from the filament) 

from collecting on the glass surface. The tungsten is cycled back to the 

filament and thus increases its lifetime. As voltage is reduced, the 

temperature of the glass envelope also decreases, which might effect 

the halogen cycle. For this reason the lamp life might not be increased 

as expected when the voltage is dimmed below 75%. 

All types of quartz Halogen bulbs used in SCHOTT cold light sources 

(DDL, EKE, EJA, EFR and ELC) operate in the same manner. 

Lamp Intensity versus Lamp Life 

i-199

i-200


Our Quartz fiber light guides are ideal for light transmission and high-power 

spot curing in combination with a UV light source. 


Because we control the entire production process from fiber drawing to final 

assembly, we can not only offer an assortment of standard products, but also 

a multitude of custom solutions ranging in shapes, branches, lengths and 

diameters. Depending on the application, we can adapt and meet many 

different requirements. 

Quartz Fiber Light Guide Applications 

UV Curing 

Florescence Analysis 

Lighting in Vacuum & Special Environments 

Specialized Medical Illumination 

LCD & Semiconductor Lithography 

i-201


Quartz UV Light Guide 

•• 

MORITEX draws raw quartz fibers, 

processes, and bundles them according 

to application. 

•• 

Straight, multi-branch, and other 

various configurations of light guides 

can be manufactured including light 

guides made to customer specifications. 

Standard 

Model 

Made-to-order 

Model Notes Product Code 

MSS5- 1000S-UV III ø5×1000L A-1260 

MWS5- 1000S-UV III ø5 x 2-Branch x 1000L A-1261 

M4S5- 1000S-UV III ø5 x 4-Branch x 1000L A-1262 

MSS3.5- 1000S-UV III ø3.5×1000L A-1263 

MWS3.5- 1000S-UV III ø3.5 x 2-Branch x 1000L A-1264 

M3S3.5- 1000S-UV III ø3.5 x 3-Branch x 1000L A-1265 

M4S3.5- 1000S-UV III ø3.5 x 4-Branch x 1000L A-1266 

MSS10- 1000S-UV III ø10×1000L A-1267 

MKS50- 1000S-UV III Line Width: 50mm A-1268 

MKS50×0.4W- 1000S-UV III Line Width: 50mm x 0.4mm (2-Branch Type) A-1269 

Quartz UV Light Guide 

ø14 

-0.02 

-0.05 

MSS5-1000S-UV III 

ø8 

12 

58 

ø10 

+50 

1000 0 

40 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø5 


Random 

Fiber End Inspection500°C 

ø14 

-0.02 

-0.05 

MWS5-1000S-UV III 

ø8 

12 

58 

ø10 

+50 

1000 0 

40 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø5 


Random 

Fiber End Inspection500°C 

M4S5-1000S-UV III 

MSS10-1000S-UV III 

ø14 

-0.02 

-0.05 

ø19 

-0.02 

-0.05 

ø14 

ø8 

5 

12 

Bundle 

Diameter 

58 

ø10 

+50 

1000 0 

ø15 

ø32 

ø10 

120 37 Bundle Diameter 

Random 


End500°C 

ø22 

40 

50 

+50 

1000 0 

40 37 

ø15 

ø25 

ø10 


Random 

Fiber End Inspection 

500°C 

MKS50-1000S-UV III 

MKS50x0.4W-1000S-UV III 

58 

50 

0.95 

4 

13 

4 

60 

(1) 

60 

5 

100 20 

R2 

18 30 

20 

1000 +50 0 

ø15.7 

40 

ø15 

ø25 

ø8 

37 Bundle Diameter 

Random Heat 

Resistant to 500°C 

58 

50 

4 

60 

0.39 

4 4(1) 

13 

60 

54 

5 

100 20 

R2 

2-M3 

30 

20 

ø10 

1000 +50 0 

ø15 

ø32 

ø7.1 

90 37 Bundle Diameter 

Random Heat 

Resistant to 

500°C 

i-202

Quartz UV Light Guide Options 

Unit for Condenser Lenses 

ML-30U 

ML-25QR-U 

55 

WD 

(mm) 

0 

ø16 

ø24 

WD 

(mm) 

0 

20 

ø10 

20 

80 

ø11 

40 

40 

180 

ø13 

60 

60 

290 

ø19 

80 

80 

390 

100 

ø28 

100 

500 

Model Notes Product Code 

ML-30U Condenser Lenses A-8590 

ML-25QR-U Uniform Light Irradiate Quartz Lens A-8591 

Quartz UV Light Guide Options 

i-203


Quartz UV Light Guide Data 

UV Visible Range Quartz Fiber Characteristics 

Optical Fiber Data 

NA and Stucture 

Dimensions 

Materials 

NA 0.22±0.02 

Core(μm) 200±3 

Diameter 

Clad(μm) 208±3 

Primary Coating 

(μm) 

240±10 

Permissable Bend Radius (mm) 20 

Core 

Pure SiO² 

Clad 

With F SiO² 

Note: Fiber diameter (core/ clad) may be changed without any notice. 

Features 

Quartz UV Light Guide Data 

• Suitable for UV-ray transmission because of high OH contents 

• Prices are low because of rational production system. 

• Transmittance rate is stable for a long time when used for UV light guides. 

• Can be used for i, g, and h rays 

• The thorough quality control of transmission performance and dimensional precision realizes easy processing with less 

dispersion and produces good-quality products. 

• The technology, experience, and know-how of MORITEX, accumulated over a long period enables various fiber processing. 

Applications 

• Light guides for UV spot light sources 

• Advanced light guides for semiconductors and liquid crystal exposure devices 

• Light guides for analyzers 

• Fiber probes for sensors 

• Light guides for fluorometric analysis 

• Light guides for medical use 

Wavelength Loss Characteristics 

Wavelength Transmittance Rate Characteristics 

(Per Meter Excluding Fresnel Reflection) 

1000 

100 

80 

Loss (dB/ km ) 

100 

10 

1 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 


Transmissivity (%) 

60 

40 

20 

0 

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 


i-204

i-205

Special Application 

Light Guides 


We offer the following choices for the light guide end termination: 

Epoxy End Termination: 

Standard temperature resistance up to 

200°C depending on application 

High Temperature resistance up to 

300°C on request 

bundle 

diameter 


ferrule length 

polishing tolerance 

+ / - 0.5 mm 

max ferrule 

diameter 

sheathing 

diameter 

bundle diameter 

ferrule 

diameter 

Note: Transmission of glued bundle is 

approximately 10 % lower than the fused 

bundle with same diameter after fusing. 

Epoxy Process 

*Note: All dimensions in the drawings depend on the bundle diameter 

i-206

Fused Fiber Bundle Termination: 

The end face of these light guides have a temperature resistance up to 350°C and approximately 

10 % higher transmission values than epoxied fibre bundles with the same bundle diameter 

Hot Forming 

Diameter range 2.5 – 21.0 mm after fusing 

Hot Fusing (on request) 

Diameter values 4.0 and 4.7mm after fusing 


after fusing 

ferrule diameter 

after fusing 

bundle diameter after fusing 

ferrule wall thickness 


.polishing tolerance 

+ / - 0,5 mm 

ferrule 

diameter 

before fusing 

max. diameter 

tbd by customer 

sheathing diameter 

fiber bundle 

diameter 

before fusing 

Conical length 

depending on 

diameter 


polishing tolerance 

+ / - 0.5 mm 

max. diameter 

tbd by customer 

sheathing diameter 


before fusing 

ferrule 

diameter 


Hot Forming Process 

Hot Fusing Process 

Sheathings: 

Stainless steel, metal / PVC or metal / silicone sheathings, other sheathings on request 

Fiber diameter values: 

50 μm and 70 μm 

Special applications: 

Temperature resistance at the proximal end of up to 500°C can be achieved 

using quartz fibres and a special epoxy 

i-207

Glossary 

Introduction 

Glossary 

Glossary 

Measured Light Quantity Filter Lamp Fiber 

Light Flux (lm) 

luminous Intensity 

(cd=lm/sr) 

Intensity (lx=lm/m²) 

Illuminance (nt=cd/m²) 

Color Temperature K 

The quality of light emitted from a light source. The unit is lumen (lm) 

Light source quantity representing the quantity of light emitted from a light source per unit solid angle. 

The unit is candela (cd) = lm/ sr (solid angle) 

Unparalleled Expertise 

Brightness on an object surface irradiated by light emitted from a light source. 

The unit is lux (lx) = lm/ m² where m² is the area of the object surface 

Light source quantity representing the luminous intensity of light emitted from a light source per unit area. 

Machine The unit is nit (nit) Vision = cd/m² Systems or stilb = cd/ combine cm² lighting, imaging, and data 

processing to inspect, monitor, and control industrial production 

processes. 

color temperature 

They 

of a light 

have 

source, 

been 

use a color 

employed 

temperature 

in 

conversion 

a variety 

filter. 

of industries on 

a multitude of applications. 

Color temperature representing the spectral energy distribution of light emitted from a light source. The 

unit is kelvin (k). A light source of a low value is reddish and one of a high value is bluish. To change the 

Polarizing Filter A filter to block light being reflected from glass, metal, or liquid surfaces that is too strong and detrimental . 

ND Filter 


Conversion Filter 


IR Cut Filter 


Halogen Lamp 

Metal Halide Lamp 

LED 

Constant-Current 

Power Supply 

Constant-Voltage 

Power Supply 

Resistance 

Optical Fiber 

Numerical Aperture NA 

Light-Reception 

Angle 

A filter to reduce the light quantity only, without affecting color reproduction. Also known as a gray filter. 

A filter to change the color temperature. The wavelength can be selected. 

As experts in providing Lighting and Imaging solutions for 

today’s A filter diffuse vast light machine from a light source vision and market, suppress illumination MORITEX irregularity. and SCHOTT 

offer standard and customized solutions for illumination, lens 

infrared rays, and cold filters, which reflect infrared rays by a multilayer film. 

design, and front end optical systems. 

This filter can be classified into two types: heat-ray absorbing filters (or, catathermic filters), which absorb 

By laminating a micro-louver film with PET or other types of film, diffused light becomes more parallel. 

An incandescent lamp with a trace of halogen gas added to the sealed gas. The halogen cycle prevents 

the blackening of the bulb wall. The optical output and color temperature are stable with less attenuation 

With compared decades with that of of an ordinary experience, incandescent. and extensive know-how, MORITEX 

and SCHOTT can provide the total machine vision illumination 

and mercury. 

and imaging solution designed exclusively for you comprised 

from our vast product portfolio. 

A lamp of great color rendering and high intensity using illumination by various metal halogen compounds 

A Light Emitting Diode (LED) is a semi-conductor element that applys a fixed-direction current to a 

crystalline substance with a semi-conductor PN junction, generating energy in the substance and emitting 

the energy as light. The basic theory was found early in the 20th century and silicon carbide was confirmed, 

experimentally, to emit light if a current was applied. Following this research, the current technology was 

established in the 1960's. Red and green were developed first, yellow in the 1970's, blue in 1993 and white 

MORITEX in 1996. and SCHOTT are leading global suppliers of 

illumination A power supply that and can supply imaging a fixed current components even if infinite for impedance machine and load vision voltage change. 

applications. Our unparalleled expertise in these areas makes 

A power supply that can supply a fixed voltage even if 0 impedance and load voltage change. 

us uniquely qualified to service all different levels from system 

Resistance (R) represents the difficulty of a current to pass: R = V/I. 

design to integrated lighting and imaging system solutions. 

Clad 

Please review the products featured in this 

Raycatalog and let 

Core 

us 

Clad 

Refractive Ray 

Index n2 

know how we Corecan Sheathing Clad 

best serve Resin you! 

n1 

The unit is ohm ( ). If the potential of a current drops by 1 volt (V) per ampere (A), the resistance is 1 . 

Refractive 

Index 

Refractive 

Index 

Core 

The characteristic of receiving rays transmitted through the end 

face of an optical fiber. This is determined by the refractive indexes 

of the core and clad of the optical fiber. 

An angle where the optical fiber can receive light. 

Air 

Sheathing Core Resin n1 

Clad n2 

Optical Fiber 

Air 

Sheathing Resin 

n2 

Air 

n1 

Refractive Index 

Core n1 

Refractive Index 

Clad n2 

n1: Refractive Index of the Core 

n1: Refractive Index of the Clad 

Optical Fiber 

n1: Refractive Index of the Core 

n1: Refractive Index of the Clad 

i-2 i-208

Catalog Icon Key 

CE 

UL 

CSA 

RoHS 

IP67 

The CE marking (CE mark) is a mandatory conformity mark on many products placed on the single 

market in the European Economic Area (EEA). The CE marking certifies that a product has met 

EU consumer safety, health or environmental requirements. 

To comply with fire/safety codes, products sold in the United States should be certified to comply 

with the requirements set by OSHA. A well-known company providing this service in the United 

States is UL (Underwriters Laboratories®). The UL Mark on a product means that UL has tested 

and evaluated programs, product and manufacturing facility and they meet UL requirements. The 

UL Marks may be only used on or in connection with products certified by UL. In addition to these 

marks, UL also provides access to the marks required in a number of other world markets. There 

are many types of UL Marks, each with its own specific meaning. 

CSA is a Canadian counterpart of UL, given permission by OSHA to test and certify to OSHA safety 

standards. 

Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS). The Directive on the restriction of the use of 

certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment 2002/95/EC was adopted in 

February 2003 by the European Union. The RoHS directive took effect on 1 July 2006, and is 

required to be enforced and become law in each member state. This directive restricts the use of 

six hazardous materials in the manufacture of various types of electronic and electrical equipment. 

IP (Ingress Protection) is a set of standard measurements related to the protection of products from 

solid foreign objects and water. IP is prescribed by the Japanese Industrial Standards Committee 

(JISC0920) and the International Organization for Standardization (IEC60529). 

IP67 is a level of protection that can withstand being submerged in water at a depth of 1 meter for 

30 minutes. 

50 75 

W W 

100 150 

W 

W 

Indicates Wattage i.e. 50 W = 50 Watt 

Analog Digital Digi 

Ana 

External intensity control type - Analog = 0-5 V, Digital = 8 bit or 10 bit 

Digi/Ana type has both of Analog and Digital control. 

1ch 

2ch 

3ch 

4ch 

The number of channels for output power 

i.e. 1 ch = 1 channel output, 2 ch = 2 channel output 

W W 

(R/G/B) 

LED color 

W = White, R = Red, G = Green, B = Blue, ( R/G/B ) = Made-to-order 

Catalog Icon Key 

i-209

Index 

Product Category Page 

A ACE® / ACE® Light Source ColdVision i- 136 

ACE® / ACE® Remote Light Source ColdVision i- 138 

APS / LED Controller MCV-Light i- 30 

B BA / Bar Illumination MCV-Light i- 22 

BAQ / Square Type Oblique Illumination MCV-Light i- 24 

BCB / Cables MCV-Light i- 31 

Bundle Extenders ColdVision i- 168 

C Combination Goosenecks & Bundles ColdVision i- 172 

CX / Simulated Coaxial Illumination MCV-Light i- 26 

D Darkfield Illuminator / Ringlight Adapters ColdVision i- 155 

Darkfield Ringlight ColdVision i- 154 

DCR® / DCR® III Light Source ColdVision i- 128 

DCR® / DCR® III Plus Light Source ColdVision i- 130 

DCR® / DCR® IV Light Source ColdVision i- 132 

Diffuse Dome ColdVision i- 159 

DR / Shadowless Illumination, Low Angle Ring Type LEDs MCV-Light i- 18 

DSQ / Shadowless Illumination, Low Angle Square Type LEDs MCV-Light i- 18 

Dual and Quad Bundles ColdVision i- 164 

E ECB / Cables MCV-Light i- 31 

F Fiber Characteristics ColdVision i- 196 

Fiber Specifications ColdVision i- 194 

Filters, Diffusers & Spot Lenses ColdVision i- 176 

FL / Direct Backlights (Chip Mount Type) MCV-Light i- 28 

FR / Shadowless Illumination, Ring Type LEDs MCV-Light i- 18 

G Gooseneck & Bundle Support Apparatus ColdVision i- 174 

H Halogen Lamps & Modulamp Assemblies ColdVision i- 140 

I Input Adapters ColdVision i- 192 

IR / IR Illumination MG-Wave i- 59 

L Lamp Intensity versus Lamp Life ColdVision i- 199 

LED Illumination Data MG-Wave i- 95 

Light Guide Data LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 122 

Light Guide Options LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 118 

Lightline Lenses ColdVision i- 185 

Lightline Linear Polarizer Kits ColdVision i- 186 

Lightline, 45° ColdVision i- 184 

Lightlines ColdVision i- 180 

Lightlines Support Apparatus ColdVision i- 187 

Lightlines, 1", 2" & 3" ColdVision i- 178 

LLS / LED Light Source ColdVision i- 126 

LLS2 / LED Light Source LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 98 

M M#G# / Multifurcated Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 112 

MA MaVi-S / MaVi-S Light Source ColdVision i- 144 

MB MBRC / Diffuse Chip Type Bar Illumination MG-Wave i- 66 

MBRL / Bar Illumination MG-Wave i- 45 

MC MCBP / Collimated Backlight Illumination MG-Wave i- 58 

MCEC / Coaxial Illumination MG-Wave i- 76 

MCEL / Coaxial Illumination MG-Wave i- 76 

MCEP / High Power LED Spot Illumination MG-Wave i- 76 

MCGA-240D / RS-485 Communication Unit LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 103 

MD MDBC / Direct Backlights (Chip Mount Type) MG-Wave i- 52 

MDBL / Direct Backlights (Discrete Type) MG-Wave i- 54 

MDML / Dome Illumination MG-Wave i- 48 

MDQL / Square Type Oblique Illumination MG-Wave i- 47 

MDRL / Direct Ring Illumination MG-Wave i- 34 

MDRL-NS / Direct Ring Illumination MG-Wave i- 37 

ME MEBC / Edge Type Backlights MG-Wave i- 56 

MEBL / Edge Type Backlights MG-Wave i- 56 

Index 

i-210

Product Category Page 

MF MFKG / Long Width Line Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 116 

MFKP / Long Width Line Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 116 

MH MHAA-100W / Halogen Light Sources LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 100 

MHAB-100W-IR / Infrared 100W Halogen Light Source LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 102 

MHAB-150W / Halogen Light Sources LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 101 

MI Midi, Mini and Maxi Ringlights ColdVision i- 148 

MK MKG / Line Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 114 

MKP / Line Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 114 

ML MLEK / LED Controllers for MG-Wave Series MG-Wave i- 82 

MLEP / LED Controllers for MCEP/MSPP Series MG-Wave i- 88 

MLEX / LED Controller for MLNX Series MG-Wave i- 87 

MLNL / Line Illumination MG-Wave i- 72 

MLNX / High Brightness (HB) LED Light Line MG-Wave i- 70 

MLRL / Low Angle Ring Illumination MG-Wave i- 39 

MP MPP / Plate Type Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 113 

MQ MQFC / Direct Backlights (Chip Mount Type) MG-Wave i- 52 

MR MRG / Ring Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 108 

MRP / Ring Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 108 

MS MSCL / Simulated Coaxial Illumination MG-Wave i- 50 

MSG / Straight Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 110 

MSLL / Shadowless Illumination MG-Wave i- 42 

MSP / Straight Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 110 

MSPP / LED Spot Projectors MG-Wave i- 73 

MSQL / Shadowless Illumination MG-Wave i- 42 

MSRL / Shadowless Illumination MG-Wave i- 42 

MW MWG / Bifurcated Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 111 

MWP / Bifurcated Light Guides LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 111 

O Options for Halogen Light Source LLS2 / MHAA and MHAB i- 104 

Options for MG-Wave Series MG-Wave i- 91 

P PANELite® Backlights ColdVision i- 190 

Q Quartz UV Light Guide Data Quartz UV Light Guies i- 204 

Quartz UV Light Guide Options Quartz UV Light Guies i- 203 

R R / Direct Ring Illumination MCV-Light i- 12 

Randomized and Calibrated Bundles ColdVision i- 166 

RGB / Variable Color RGB Illumination MG-Wave i- 64 

Ringlight Polarizers & Analyzers ColdVision i- 158 

Ringlight Reflector Rings / Ringlight Support Apparatus ColdVision i- 160 

Ringlights, 58 mm ColdVision i- 152 

Ringlights, 66 mm ColdVision i- 150 

RLA / Low Angle Ring Illumination MCV-Light i- 15 

RLA-00 / Zero Angle Ring Illumination MCV-Light i- 15 

RS232 Interface ColdVision i- 142 

S Single and Dual Backlights ColdVision i- 188 

Single and Dual Goosenecks ColdVision i- 170 

Single Bundles ColdVision i- 162 

SMT / High Brightness (HB) LED Light Line MG-Wave i- 68 

Spatially Randomized Lightlines ColdVision i- 182 

Special Application Light Guides Special Application Light Guides i- 206 

SQ / Direct Ring Illumination MCV-Light i- 12 

Support Apparatus ColdVision i- 175 

U Uniformity of Fiber Optic Products ColdVision i- 198 

Universal Light Source ColdVision i- 134 

Universal Ringlights ColdVision i- 146 

UV / Quartz UV Light Guides Quartz UV Light Guies i- 202 

UV / UV Illumination MG-Wave i- 62 

Dimensions and specifications in this catalog may vary. Before purchasing, 

please check the delivery specifications or diagrams. 

*Company and product names stated in this catalog are trademarks or 

registered trademarks of their respective companies. 

*MG-Wave is a registered trademark of MORITEX. 

*Product specifications, design, values, etc. may vary. 

*The contents in this catalog are for the present as of October 2011. 

i-211 

Index

Lighting and Imaging 

SCHOTT North America, Inc. 

6862 Santa Teresa Blvd. 

San Jose, CA 95119 U.S.A. 

Tel : +1-408-363-2100 

Fax: +1-408-363-9980 

E-mail : machine.vision@us.schott.com 

www.schott.com/lightingimaging 

2011.10 MV-I-E 5200 Printed in Germany

Machine Vision Illumination Catalog, Vol 001

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?